Income and Currency Gain or Loss With Respect to a Section 987 QBU, 52876-52918 [06-7250]
Download as PDF
52876
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 / Proposed Rules
DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY
Internal Revenue Service
26 CFR Part 1
[REG–208270–86]
RIN 1545–AM12
Income and Currency Gain or Loss
With Respect to a Section 987 QBU
Internal Revenue Service (IRS),
Treasury.
ACTION: Withdrawal of notice of
proposed rulemaking, notice of
proposed rulemaking and notice of
public hearing.
AGENCY:
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSAL2
SUMMARY: This document contains
proposed regulations that provide
guidance under section 987 of the
Internal Revenue Code (Code) regarding
the determination of the items of
income or loss of a taxpayer with
respect to a section 987 qualified
business unit (section 987 QBU) as well
as the timing, amount, character and
source of any section 987 gain or loss.
It withdraws proposed regulations
under section 987 that were published
in the Federal Register on September
25, 1991 (56 FR 48457). These
regulations are necessary to provide
guidance under section 987. Taxpayers
affected by these regulations are
corporations and individuals with
qualified business units subject to
section 987.
DATES: Written or electronic comments
must be received by December 6, 2006.
Outlines of topics to be discussed at the
public hearing scheduled for November
21, 2006, must be received by October
31, 2006.
ADDRESSES: Send submissions to:
CC:PA:LPD:PR (REG–208270–86),
Internal Revenue Service, PO Box 7604,
Ben Franklin Station, Washington, DC
20044. Submissions may be sent
electronically, via the IRS Internet site
at https://www.irs.gov/regs or via the
Federal eRulemaking Portal at https://
www.regulations.gov (IRS REG–208270–
86).
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Concerning the proposed regulations,
Sheila Ramaswamy at (202) 622–3870;
concerning submissions of comments,
Kelly Banks at (202) 622–7180 (not tollfree numbers).
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Paperwork Reduction Act
The collection of information
contained in this notice of proposed
rulemaking has been submitted to the
Office of Management and Budget for
review in accordance with the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:24 Sep 06, 2006
Jkt 208001
Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44
U.S.C. 3507(d)). Comments on the
collection of information should be sent
to the Office of Management and
Budget, Attn: Desk Officer for the
Department of Treasury, Office of
Information and Regulatory Affairs,
Washington, DC 20503, with copies to
the Internal Revenue Service, Attn: IRS
Reports Clearance Officer,
SE:W:CAR:MP:T:T:SP, Washington, DC
20224. Comments on the collection of
information should be received by
November 6, 2006.
Comments are requested specifically
concerning:
Whether the proposed collection of
information is necessary for the proper
performance of the functions of the
Internal Revenue Service, including
whether the information will have
practical utility;
The accuracy of the estimated burden
associated with the proposed collection
of information (see below);
How the quality, utility, and clarity of
the information to be collected may be
enhanced;
How the burden of complying with
the proposed collection of information
may be minimized, including through
the application or automated collection
techniques or other forms of information
technology; and
Estimates of capital or start-up costs
and costs of operation, maintenance,
and purchase of service to provide
information.
The collection of information in these
proposed regulations is in §§ 1.987–
1(b)(1)(ii),1.987–1(b)(2)(ii), 1.987–
1(c)(1)(ii), 1.987–1(f), 1.987–3(b)(1),
1.987–9, 1.987–10 and 1.987–11.
Section 1.987–1(b)(1)(ii) allows a
partner to make an election not to take
section 987 gain or loss into account.
Section 1.987–1(b)(2)(ii) allows a
taxpayer to make an election to group
certain QBUs with the same functional
currency as a single QBU. Sections
1.987–1(c)(1)(ii) and –3(b)(1) allow a
taxpayer to make an election to use a
convention for exchange rates. Section
1.987–11(b) allows a taxpayer to elect to
apply these regulations to taxable years
beginning after the date of publication
of a Treasury decision adopting this rule
as a final regulation in the Federal
Register. The preceding elections are to
be made pursuant to § 1.987–1(f) by
attaching a statement to the taxpayer’s
tax return describing the election to be
made. Section 1.987–9 contains
recordkeeping rules to establish a
qualified business unit’s income and
section 987 gain or loss. This collection
of information is required to establish
the qualified business unit’s income,
gain, deduction or loss and assets and
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
liabilities as well as exchange rates used
for foreign currency translation
purposes. Section 1.987–10 provides
rules for transitioning to the method
provided under the new proposed
regulations for determining section 987
gain or loss and provides certain
corresponding reporting rules. The
collection of information contained in
this regulation facilitates the
identification of the prior method used
by the taxpayer to determine section 987
gain or loss. The collections of
information are mandatory. The likely
respondents are taxpayers with foreign
qualified business units.
Estimated total annual reporting
burden: 12,000.
Estimated average annual burden
hours per respondent: 12.
Estimated number of respondents:
1,000.
Estimated annual frequency of
responses: annually.
An agency may not conduct or
sponsor, and a person is not required to
respond to, a collection of information
unless it displays a valid control
number assigned by the Office of
Management and Budget.
Books and records relating to a
collection of information must be
retained as long as their contents may
become material in the administration
of any internal revenue law. Generally,
tax returns and tax return information
are confidential, as required by 26
U.S.C. 6103.
Background
A. Overview
As part of the Tax Reform Act of 1986,
Public Law 99–514, 100 Stat. 2085
(October 22, 1986), 1986–3 CB Vol.1, 1,
see § 601.601(d)(2), Congress enacted
comprehensive reforms to the tax
treatment of foreign currency
transactions by adding new subpart J.
Those reforms included, among other
things, the introduction of the
functional currency concept, which
generally distinguishes taxpayers on the
basis of the primary currency in which
they keep their books and records and
conduct their business. Reforms also
included the addition of the qualified
business unit (QBU) concept, which
generally provides a basis for allowing
a taxpayer with a separate unit that
conducts business and keeps books and
records in a currency other than the
functional currency of the taxpayer to
account for the results of operation of
the separate unit in the unit’s own
functional currency. Against that
conceptual background, section 988
provides rules for the treatment of
transactions in a currency other than the
E:\FR\FM\07SEP2.SGM
07SEP2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 / Proposed Rules
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSAL2
taxpayer’s functional currency. Section
986 generally provides rules for
translating into U.S. dollars the earnings
and profits and foreign taxes of a foreign
corporation whose functional currency
is not the U.S. dollar (dollar). Section
987, in turn, generally provides rules for
determining and translating income and
currency gain and loss with respect to
operations of a branch whose functional
currency is other than the functional
currency of the taxpayer. As discussed
below, an already complex area of law
was made even more complicated when
the entity classification rules under
§ 301.7701–1 through 301.7701–3 (the
‘‘check the box’’ regulations) were
promulgated in 1997.
On September 25, 1991, the IRS and
the Treasury Department issued
proposed regulations under section 987
(the 1991 proposed regulations). See 56
FR 48457. In light of subsequent IRS
experience with taxpayer claims of large
non-economic currency losses under
section 987, the IRS and the Treasury
Department issued Notice 2000–20
(2000–1 CB 851). See § 601.601(d)(2).
This notice expressed serious concern
that the 1991 proposed regulations had
not fully achieved the original goal of
facilitating recognition of true economic
foreign currency gain and loss under
appropriate circumstances and
requested comments on this issue and
other matters.
This document withdraws the 1991
proposed regulations and provides new
proposed regulations based on the
‘‘foreign exchange exposure pool’’
method. The IRS and the Treasury
Department believe that this method
more accurately reflects foreign
currency gain and loss than the 1991
proposed regulations and does so in a
manner consistent with statutory
authority and legislative intent. These
new proposed regulations are designed
to prescribe more precisely foreign
currency gain and loss that is
economically realized, while
minimizing or eliminating the
realization of non-economic currency
gain and loss.
The following background discussion
describes section 987, its legislative
history, the 1991 proposed regulations,
Notice 2000–20, and the general
approach that provides the basis for the
foreign exchange exposure pool method.
B. The Statute
Section 987 generally provides that in
the case of a taxpayer having a QBU
with a functional currency other than
that of the taxpayer, the taxable income
of the taxpayer with respect to the QBU
is determined by computing the taxable
income or loss of the QBU separately
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:24 Sep 06, 2006
Jkt 208001
and translating such income or loss at
the appropriate exchange rate. Section
987 further requires the taxpayer to
make ‘‘proper adjustments’’ (as
prescribed by the Secretary) for transfers
of property between QBUs having
different functional currencies
including treating post-1986 remittances
from each such unit as made on a pro
rata basis out of post-1986 accumulated
earnings; treating section 987 gain or
loss as ordinary income or loss; and
sourcing such gain or loss by reference
to the source of the income giving rise
to post-1986 accumulated earnings.
C. The Legislative History
1. Prior Law
As described in the applicable
legislative history,1 section 987 was
enacted against a background of, and
partly in reaction to, perceived
shortcomings with prevailing law. The
prevailing law at that time was fairly
limited. It consisted primarily of two
revenue rulings that provided
alternative methods for calculating
branch taxable income.
Rev. Rul. 75–106 (1975–1 CB 31), see
§ 601.601(d)(2), provides for the use of
a ‘‘net worth’’ method. Under this
method, taxable income of a branch of
a domestic corporation engaged in
business in a foreign country is defined
generally as the difference between the
branch’s opening and closing net worth
as reflected on the branch’s balance
sheets for the taxable year. Under this
method, the branch’s balance sheet is
translated into U.S. dollars. In general,
the values of current items (such as cash
or cash flows denominated in foreign
currency) are translated at the year-end
exchange rate, and the values of
historical items (such as equipment) are
translated at the exchange rate for the
period in which the item was acquired
or incurred. The translation of an item
at the year-end rate causes changes in
the item’s value due to currency
fluctuations to be taken into account
annually, and the translation of an item
at the historical rate generally precludes
recognition of fluctuations in value due
to changing exchange rates. In this way,
the net worth method was able to
identify items considered economically
exposed to fluctuations in exchange
rates. The total change in net worth
identified by the net worth method is
equal to the sum of the operating profit
or loss of the branch and the exchange
1 H. Rep. No. 99–426, 99th Cong., 1st Sess. (1985);
1986–3 CB Vol 2, 449. S. Rep. No 99–313, 99th
Cong., 2d Sess. (1986); 1986–3 CB Vol. 3, 443. H.R.
Conf. Rep. No. 99–841, 99th Cong., 2d Sess. (1986);
1986–3 CB Vol. 4, 659. Later citations are to the
Cumulative Bulletin. See § 601.601(d)(2).
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
52877
gain or loss on current items. However,
the net worth method does not identify
separate items of income and expense
because it is based solely on a balance
sheet comparison and does not use a
profit and loss statement.
Rev. Rul. 75–107 (1975–1 CB 32), see
§ 601.601(d)(2), provides for the use of
a ‘‘profit and loss’’ method. Under this
method, the branch computes taxable
income by translating the local currency
profit and loss statement (adjusted for
U.S. tax principles) into dollars. Any
portion of the profit and loss remitted to
the home office during the year is
translated at the exchange rate on the
date of the remittance, and the
remainder is translated at the year-end
exchange rate. No exchange gain or loss
is recognized on a remittance.
The net worth method of Rev. Rul.
75–106 and the profit and loss method
of Rev. Rul. 75–107 each suffered from
infirmities. The net worth method
resulted in the realization of foreign
currency gain and loss that was not
consistent with the general realization
principles of the Code; it also failed to
accurately characterize items of income,
gain, deduction or loss of the branch.
The profit and loss method, in turn, did
not take into account foreign currency
gain and loss inherent in the assets and
liabilities on the balance sheet as part of
such method. Both methods failed to
account for foreign currency gain or loss
in the event of a remittance.
The legislative history states that
under section 987, a taxpayer with a
QBU whose functional currency is other
than the functional currency of the
taxpayer will be required to use a profit
and loss method, rather than the net
worth method (as this method was
understood at the time). House Report
(1986–3 CB Vol. 2, 479); Senate Report
(1986–3 CB Vol. 3, 470); and Conference
Report (1986–3 CB Vol. 4, 675). See
§ 601.601(d)(2). However, this
legislative history is not properly read
as an explicit rejection of the net worth
method in its entirety. Instead, it is
more accurately viewed as a rejection of
certain aspects of the law prevailing at
that time. Importantly, the method
provided in section 987 as enacted
actually represents a blend of the
separate methods, as it has aspects of
both a net worth method and a profit
and loss method. It also has at least one
feature absent from each method—that
is, section 987 includes the remittance
recognition concept. Consistent with a
profit and loss method, sections 987(1)
and (2) generally determine the items of
income or loss of a QBU based on its
profit and loss statement as determined
in its functional currency. Such items
are then translated into the taxpayer’s
E:\FR\FM\07SEP2.SGM
07SEP2
52878
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 / Proposed Rules
functional currency at the appropriate
rate.2 Consistent with a net worth
method, section 987(3) requires that
exchange gain or loss be computed with
respect to certain branch assets and
liabilities (as prescribed by the
Secretary). Unlike either method,
section 987(3)(A) provides that
exchange gain or loss is recognized
upon a remittance.
The blending of features of both a
profit and loss method and of a net
worth method in section 987 is
significant. Together with more specific
principles identified in the legislative
history, this blending of methods
informs the Congressionally stated
preference for the profit and loss
method. The House Report states:
A profit and loss method can be viewed as
being more consistent with the functional
currency concept than a net worth method.
Under a profit and loss method, the
functional currency is used as the measure of
income or loss, so that earnings determined
for U.S. tax purposes would bear a close
relation to taxable income computed by the
foreign jurisdiction. In contrast, a net worth
method takes unrealized exchange gains and
losses into account. Further, a profit and loss
method minimizes the accounting
procedures that otherwise would be required
to make the item-by-item translations under
a net worth method. Finally, in the case of
a branch, the net worth method as applied
under present law fails to characterize
accurately items of income or loss that are
subject to special U.S. tax rules. For example,
although there are limitations on the
deductibility of long-term capital losses, such
a loss incurred by a branch would be given
tax effect because it would be reflected as an
adjustment to the balance sheet.
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSAL2
House Report at 469.
The House and Senate reports are
generally uniform in describing
Congressional intent with regard to the
computations required under section
987 as illustrated by the Senate Report.
Under the bill, a taxpayer with a branch
whose functional currency is a currency
other than the U.S. dollar will be required to
use the profit and loss method to compute
branch income. Thus, the net worth method
will no longer be an acceptable method of
computing income or loss of a foreign branch
for tax purposes, and only realized exchange
gains and losses on branch capital will be
reflected in taxable income.
For each taxable year, the taxpayer will
compute income or loss separately for each
qualified business unit in the business unit’s
functional currency, converting this amount
to U.S. dollars using the weighted average
exchange rate for the taxable period over
which the income or loss accrued. This
amount will be included in income without
2 Section 989(b)(4) provides that, ‘‘except as
provided in regulations,’’ the appropriate exchange
rate is the average exchange rate for the taxable year
of the QBU.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:24 Sep 06, 2006
Jkt 208001
reduction for remittances from the branch
during the year. The committee anticipates
that regulations will provide rules that will
limit the deduction of branch losses to the
taxpayer’s dollar basis in the branch (that is,
the original dollar investment plus
subsequent capital contributions and
unremitted earnings).
A taxpayer will recognize exchange gain or
loss on remittances (without regard to
whether or when the remittances are
converted to dollars), to the extent the value
of the currency at the time of the remittance
differs from the value when earned.
Remittances of foreign branch earnings (and
interbranch transfers involving branches with
different functional currencies) after 1986
will be treated as paid pro rata out of post1986 accumulated earnings of the branch.
The committee anticipates that, for purposes
of calculating exchange gain or loss on
remittances, the value of the currency will be
determined by translating the currency at the
rate in effect on the date of remittance.
Exchange gains and losses on such
remittances will be deemed to be ordinary
and domestic source.
Senate Report (1986–3 CB Vol. 3,
470). Importantly, the Conference
Report modifies the House and Senate
reports by stating that a remittance by a
QBU ‘‘will trigger exchange gain or loss
inherent in accumulated earnings or
branch capital.’’ Conference Report,
1986–3 CB Vol. 4, 675.
From section 987 and the foregoing
legislative history, several principles emerge:
1. A branch profit and loss computation is
required in order to properly characterize
items of branch income or loss, which is
taken into account in the year earned.
2. Exchange gain or loss is recognized upon
a remittance, in an amount prescribed by the
Secretary.
3. Both branch earnings and branch capital
can give rise to exchange gain or loss under
section 987.
4. Regulations under section 987 should
seek to minimize complexity regarding itemby-item translations.
5. The currency gain or loss taken into
account under section 987 is only the
economic gain or loss ‘‘inherent in’’ the
assets and liabilities of a QBU.
2. Relationship Between Section 986(c)
and 987
Comments to the IRS and the
Treasury Department have suggested
that the computation under section 987
of exchange gain or loss for a branch is
intended to operate in the same manner
as the computation under section 986(c)
of certain exchange gain or loss of a
foreign corporation. In general, section
986(c) provides for the recognition of
exchange gain or loss only with respect
to distributions of previously taxed
earnings and profits (as described in
section 959 or 1293(c)). The Conference
Report includes the following general
statement about the translation rules:
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
The same translation rule applies to the
earnings and profits of a foreign corporation
and the income or loss of a branch or other
QBU. An entity that uses a nonfunctional
currency to measure the results of operation
is required to use a profit and loss method
to translate income or loss into functional
currency. * * * These translation rules
apply without regard to the form of
enterprise through which the taxpayer
conducts business (e.g., sole proprietorship,
partnership, or corporation) as long as such
form of enterprise rises to the level of a QBU.
Conference Report, 1986–3 CB Vol. 4,
670. See § 601.601(d)(2). The suggestion
in comments is to apply this general
principle such that section 987 would
require the recognition of exchange gain
or loss only with respect to branch
earnings and not with respect to
contributed capital.
Despite the broad statements of
principle quoted above, Congress
provided more specific guidance
regarding the treatment of branches in
this regard. The Conference Report
states that a remittance by a QBU ‘‘will
trigger exchange gain or loss inherent in
accumulated earnings or branch
capital.’’ Conference Report, 1986–3 CB
Vol. 4, 675. See § 601.601(d)(2).
Similarly, despite the stated
requirement that QBUs must use a
notional profit and loss method to
determine branch taxable income, the
specific method actually provided in
section 987 and described in the
legislative history represents a blend of
a net worth method and a profit and loss
method. Accordingly, the IRS and the
Treasury Department believe that the
more specific statements made by
Congress regarding the treatment of
branch exchange gain or loss reflect an
intention that the methodologies of
section 986(c) and section 987 not be
identical.
D. The 1991 Proposed Regulations
The 1991 proposed regulations
provide generally that the net income of
a QBU having a functional currency
different than the taxpayer is
determined annually. Such
determination is based on the profit and
loss appearing on the QBU’s books and
records, adjusted to conform to U.S. tax
principles, and translated into the
functional currency of the taxpayer
using the weighted average exchange
rate for the taxable year. The 1991
proposed regulations also provide for
the recognition of exchange gain or loss
upon a remittance from the QBU’s
equity pool. In general, the equity pool
consists of the undistributed capital and
earnings of the QBU, determined in the
QBU’s functional currency. The 1991
proposed regulations also provide for a
basis pool, which consists of the basis
E:\FR\FM\07SEP2.SGM
07SEP2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 / Proposed Rules
of the capital and earnings in the equity
pool, expressed in the functional
currency of the taxpayer. The portion of
the basis pool, expressed in the
functional currency of the taxpayer, that
is attributable to a remittance is
52879
generally determined according to the
following formula:
Amount remitted in the
Basis pool in the taxpayer’s
QBU’s functional currency
× functional currency reduced by
Equity pool in the QBU’s
prior remittances
functional currency reduced
c
by prior remittances
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSAL2
E. Concerns Regarding the 1991
Proposed Regulations; Notice 2000–20
Effective January 1, 1997, the IRS and
the Treasury Department issued the
check the box regulations implementing
new elective entity-classification rules.
These regulations made it possible for
certain entities with a single owner to be
treated for federal income tax purposes
as an entity disregarded as separate from
its owner (a disregarded entity or DE).
As a result, businesses that had
previously operated through
subsidiaries could operate through
structures treated for tax purposes as
branches. The effect of the check the
box regulations was a dramatic increase
in the number of branches resulting
from DE elections that are subject to
section 987. This increase has greatly
exacerbated the already existing
problems of the 1991 proposed
regulations, especially the ability of
taxpayers to trigger non-economic losses
(and the corresponding trap for the
unwary taxpayer with non-economic
gains).
As indicated above, the equity pool
paradigm in the 1991 proposed
regulations imputes currency gain or
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:24 Sep 06, 2006
Jkt 208001
loss to all equity of a QBU whether or
not the assets of the QBU are
economically exposed to changes in the
value of the functional currency of the
QBU. The IRS has faced many cases in
which taxpayers have claimed
substantial non-economic exchange
losses largely on the basis of the 1991
proposed regulations. An example may
be instructive. Assume that a domestic
corporation (US Corp) with the dollar as
its functional currency forms a foreign
corporation in Country X and then
elects under the check the box
regulations to treat that corporation as a
DE. The DE conducts mineral extraction
and owns all the necessary equipment.
The equipment owned by the DE was
contributed by US Corp. The DE has no
employees and contracts with a
subsidiary of US Corp for the employees
needed in the business of extraction. US
Corp, as the entity’s sole owner, claims
that the DE is a QBU for purposes of
section 987. The DE has minimal
financial assets and conducts no
activities other than mineral extraction.
US Corp claims that the DE’s functional
currency is Country X currency. A
decline in the value of Country X
currency relative to the dollar does not
produce any economic loss for US Corp
because the assets of the DE are not
financial assets subject to currency
fluctuation. Nevertheless, US Corp
claims under the 1991 proposed
regulations that the equity of the DE,
which consists almost exclusively of
equipment, gives rise to a substantial
non-economic exchange loss and that
terminating the DE (for example, by
another check the box election) triggers
recognition of such loss. Taxpayers have
claimed similar results under other fact
patterns. The IRS and the Treasury
Department have serious concerns about
these types of transactions.
Although the foregoing example
concerns the claiming of non-economic
losses, the equity pool approach in the
1991 proposed regulations can also give
rise to non-economic gains. Recently,
the value of the US dollar has declined
against many foreign currencies. It is
likely that under these circumstances,
taxpayers subject to section 987 may
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
have large non-economic gains built
into the equity pool. The IRS and the
Treasury Department believe that
Congress did not intend for section 987
to generate non-economic foreign
currency gains or losses.
In light of the entity-classification
rules and the potential for the equity
pool paradigm to generate noneconomic currency gains and losses, the
IRS and the Treasury Department issued
Notice 2000–20, 2000–1 CB 851. See
§ 601.601(d)(2). Among other things, the
notice indicated that the IRS and the
Treasury Department were concerned
that the proposed regulations may not
have achieved their original goal of
recognizing economic exchange gains
and losses under appropriate
circumstances. The notice requested
comments on this and other issues.
Several comments were received in
response to the notice and raised a
number of important points. Two of
those comments suggested replacing the
equity pool paradigm in the 1991
proposed regulations with a paradigm
that recognizes exchange gain or loss
only on the earnings of a QBU and not
its capital. As described above, the IRS
and the Treasury Department believe
that such an approach is inconsistent
with Congressional intent as expressed
in the legislative history to section 987.
An earnings-only approach also would
fail to address the core problem of
distinguishing between items that
economically give rise to exchange gain
and loss and those that do not.
Additionally, an earnings-only approach
would produce different results for
QBUs with the same net assets,
depending upon whether the net assets
were funded with capital or earnings.
Finally, an earnings-only approach fails
to take into account any foreign
currency exposure on capital and so
could disadvantage banks and other
financial institutions, much of whose
QBUs’ capital may be subject to such
exposure.
F. The Foreign Exchange Exposure Pool
Method
The IRS and the Treasury Department
believe that Congress did not intend
E:\FR\FM\07SEP2.SGM
07SEP2
EP07SE06.000
Section 987 gain or loss is the
difference between the value of the
remittance from the QBU translated into
the taxpayer’s functional currency at the
spot rate on the date the remittance is
made, less the basis associated with the
remittance as determined above. One
important consequence of the equity
pool paradigm is that all branch equity
gives rise to exchange gain or loss,
regardless of whether or not that equity
is held in a form that actually exposes
the QBU’s owner to currency
fluctuations (compare assets such as
cash or indebtedness to assets such as
equipment).
Under the 1991 proposed regulations,
a taxpayer must determine the source
and character of section 987 gain or loss
for all purposes of the Code, including
sections 904(d), 907, and 954, by using
the same method the taxpayer uses to
allocate and apportion its interest
expense under section 861, with certain
modifications.
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSAL2
52880
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 / Proposed Rules
section 987 to permit the largely
uninhibited recognition of noneconomic exchange gain or loss. The
1991 proposed regulations, together
with the check the box regulations, have
combined to permit taxpayers to trigger
non-economic losses with relative ease.
Accordingly, the 1991 proposed
regulations are withdrawn and are
replaced with new proposed regulations
that adopt the ‘‘foreign exchange
exposure pool method.’’ In general, the
foreign exchange exposure pool method
provides that the income of a QBU that
is subject to section 987 (‘‘section 987
QBU’’) is determined by reference to the
items of income, gain, deduction and
loss booked to the QBU in its functional
currency, adjusted to reflect US tax
principles. With certain exceptions,
items of income, gain, deduction and
loss of a section 987 QBU are translated
into the functional currency of the
QBU’s owner at the average exchange
rate for the year. However, the basis of
historic assets and deductions for
depreciation, depletion, and
amortization of such assets are
translated at the historic exchange rate.
Translating these items at the historic
exchange rate differs from the approach
taken in the 1991 proposed regulations,
which instead uses the average
exchange rate. Although using the
average exchange rate for translating
such items might be simpler than using
the historic exchange rate, it leads to the
generation of non-economic foreign
currency gains or losses described in
this preamble.
The foreign exchange exposure pool
method uses a balance sheet approach
to determine exchange gain or loss,
which is then recognized upon a
remittance. Use of a balance sheet
approach allows taxpayers and the IRS
to distinguish between those items
whose value fluctuates with respect to
changes in the functional currency of
the owner and those which do not.
Under this method, exchange gain or
loss with respect to ‘‘marked items’’ is
identified annually but is pooled and
deferred until a remittance is made. The
IRS and the Treasury Department
believe that section 988(c) identifies the
items that should be treated as giving
rise to exchange gain or loss for
purposes of section 987. Accordingly, a
marked item is generally defined as an
asset or liability that would generate
section 988 gain or loss if such asset or
liability were held or entered into
directly by the owner of the section 987
QBU.
When a section 987 QBU makes a
remittance, a portion of the pooled and
deferred exchange gain or loss is
recognized. In general, the amount taken
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:24 Sep 06, 2006
Jkt 208001
into account is an amount equal to the
product of the owner’s portion of the
section 987 QBU’s net unrecognized
exchange gain or loss, multiplied by the
owner’s remittance proportion. The
owner’s remittance proportion generally
is equal to the quotient of the amount
of the remittance, divided by the
aggregate basis of the section 987 QBU’s
gross assets (as reflected on its year-end
balance sheet), without reduction for the
remittance.
The source and character of exchange
gain or loss recognized under section
987 for all purposes of the Code,
including sections 904(d), 907 and 954,
is determined by reference to the source
and character of the income derived
from the section 987 QBU’s assets.
The IRS and the Treasury Department
believe that the foreign exchange
exposure pool method is consistent with
section 987 and legislative intent for
several reasons. First, the foreign
exchange exposure pool method uses a
profit and loss statement to determine
the items of income, gain, deduction
and loss of a section 987 QBU in its
functional currency. This allows proper
characterization of items of income,
gain, deduction and loss. Second,
exchange gain or loss must be taken into
account only with respect to items of
branch capital and earnings whose
value fluctuates with changes in
exchange rates by reference to the
owner’s functional currency. This
comports both with Congressional
intent that taxpayers recognize exchange
gain or loss (but only economic
exchange gain or loss) inherent in
branch capital and branch earnings and
with authority granted under section
987(3) to identify appropriate
translation rates. Third, exchange gain
or loss is recognized under section 987
only upon a remittance. Finally, the
foreign exchange exposure pool method
is an appropriate interpretation of the
‘‘blended’’ approach of section 987—
that is, it incorporates certain aspects of
the profit and loss method and the net
worth method.
Explanation of Provisions
A. Section 1.987 1 Scope, Definitions
and Special Rules
1. Scope in General
The proposed regulations provide
rules for determining the section 987
taxable income or loss of a taxpayer
with respect to a section 987 QBU as
well as the timing, amount, character,
and source of section 987 gain or loss
recognized with respect to such QBU.
The proposed regulations do not apply
to banks, insurance companies, and
similar financial entities (including,
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
solely for this purpose, leasing
companies, finance coordination
centers, regulated investment
companies, and real estate investment
trusts). The IRS and the Treasury
Department plan to apply the foreign
exchange exposure pool method
adopted in the proposed regulations to
such entities in subsequent guidance
but believe it is appropriate to request
comments regarding how the rules of
the proposed regulations need to be
precisely tailored to address issues
unique to financial entities. Financial
entities are urged to make necessary
comments to help tailor the planned
extension of the foreign exchange
exposure pool method to such entities.
Specifically, in the context of banks,
the IRS and the Treasury Department
request comments on whether special
rules are needed for the global dealing
of currencies and securities. Comments
are also requested on the relationship of
sections 987 and 988 for banks. Finally,
comments are requested on whether the
use of exchange rate conventions is
appropriate for banks and finance
entities and, if so, how such
conventions should be determined. In
the context of insurance companies, the
IRS and the Treasury Department
request comments on the proper
treatment of insurance reserves, surplus,
and investment assets held by the
separate trades or business of an
insurance company. In particular,
comments are requested on the proper
treatment of stock held in separate
accounts of a section 987 QBU of a life
insurance company and the related
insurance reserves established for those
separate accounts. In the context of
leasing companies, comments are
requested regarding the treatment of
stock in other leasing companies
recorded on the books and records of a
section 987 QBU and how the rules of
sections 986 and 987 can be reconciled
if stock is treated as a ‘‘marked asset’’ in
this setting. Until regulations are issued
applying the foreign exchange exposure
pool method to financial entities, such
entities must comply with section 987
under a reasonable method, consistently
applied. For this purpose, reasonable
methods include using the method
described in the 1991 proposed
regulations and a method that imputes
section 987 gain or loss to earnings but
not capital.
The proposed regulations also do not
apply to trusts, estates and S
corporations. The IRS and the Treasury
Department plan to apply the foreign
exchange exposure pool method
adopted in the proposed regulations to
such entities but believe it is
appropriate to request comments
E:\FR\FM\07SEP2.SGM
07SEP2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 / Proposed Rules
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSAL2
regarding how the rules of the proposed
regulations should be applied to such
entities. The IRS and the Treasury
Department request comments regarding
whether principles similar to those
applied to partnerships should apply to
these entities.
2. Taxpayers Subject to Section 987 and
Related Definitions
The IRS and the Treasury Department
believe that section 987 should only
apply where an individual or
corporation (whether foreign or
domestic) has activities that constitute a
trade or business under § 1.989(a)–1(c)
and the trade or business has a
functional currency different from the
individual or corporation. In such cases,
the individual or corporation will be
subject to the rules of the proposed
regulations if the individual or
corporation is the owner of a section
987 QBU. A section 987 QBU is defined
in § 1.987–1(b)(2) as an eligible QBU
that has a functional currency different
from its owner.
An eligible QBU is defined in § 1.987–
1(b)(3) of the proposed regulations.
Generally, an eligible QBU is an activity
of an individual, corporation,
partnership or DE that is a trade or
business as defined in § 1.989(a)–1(c);
maintains separate books and records as
defined in § 1.989(a)–1(d) and assets
and liabilities used in conducting such
activities are reflected on such books
and records; and the activities are not
subject to the dollar approximate
separate transaction (DASTM) rules of
§ 1.985–3. A corporation is not an
eligible QBU. An individual is not a
QBU under § 1.989(a)–1(b)(2)(i) and
therefore cannot be an eligible QBU. In
addition, and as discussed in this
preamble, neither a partnership nor a
DE is an eligible QBU.
In the case of ownership other than
through a partnership (that is, direct
ownership), the individual or
corporation is treated as the owner of an
eligible QBU if the individual or
corporation is the tax owner of the
assets and liabilities of the eligible QBU.
For purposes of determining direct
ownership, an individual or corporation
will be treated as a direct owner of the
assets and liabilities of an eligible QBU
if it owns a DE that holds an eligible
QBU. In such case, because the DE is
not recognized as a separate entity, it
cannot be a QBU under section 989 and,
therefore, is not treated as an eligible
QBU under the proposed regulations.
However, the activities of the DE, which
are treated for purposes of the Code as
carried on directly by its owner, can
qualify as an eligible QBU of the DE’s
owner.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:24 Sep 06, 2006
Jkt 208001
With respect to partnerships, the IRS
and the Treasury Department recognize
that issues often arise as to whether the
international tax provisions of the Code
operate on an aggregate or an entity
basis. The legislative history of
subchapter K of chapter 1 of the Code
provides that, for purposes of
interpreting Code provisions outside of
that subchapter, a partnership may be
treated as either an entity separate from
its partners or an aggregate of its
partners, depending on which
characterization is more appropriate to
carry out the purpose of the particular
section under consideration. H.R. Conf.
Rep. No. 2543, 83rd Cong. 2d. Sess. 59
(1954).
In the case of section 987, the
calculations under the foreign exchange
exposure pool method would differ
dramatically based on whether an
aggregate or an entity approach is
adopted. For example, if the foreign
exchange exposure pool method is
applied at the entity level, the
partnership will make the method’s
calculations by reference to the
partnership’s functional currency.
Under this approach, any foreign
currency gain or loss will be an item of
the partnership and will be allocated
among the partners in accordance with
the partnership agreement, to the extent
such allocation is consistent with the
provisions of subchapter K. If, in the
alternative, the foreign exchange
exposure pool method is applied under
an aggregate approach, each partner will
make its own foreign exchange exposure
pool calculations by reference to the
partner’s functional currency and such
amounts will not be subject to separate
allocation under subchapter K.
The IRS and the Treasury Department
believe that, on balance, an aggregate
approach is more appropriate for section
987 purposes. Applying the foreign
exchange exposure pool method directly
at the partner level will more
appropriately preserve the correct
amounts of exchange gain or loss. In
addition, such approach will measure
the foreign currency exposure by
reference to the functional currencies of
the persons who generally bear the
economic risk from such exposure. As a
result, the proposed regulations provide
that for purposes of applying the foreign
exchange exposure pool method each
individual or corporation that is a
partner in a partnership will be
considered to own indirectly an eligible
QBU consisting of a portion of the assets
and liabilities of the partnership
allocated to it under § 1.987–7. If such
eligible QBU has a different functional
currency from the partner and therefore
is a section 987 QBU, the foreign
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
52881
exchange exposure pool method is
applied with respect to those assets and
liabilities. In addition, the proposed
regulations provide rules for converting
the items of section 987 taxable income
or loss of a section 987 QBU into the
functional currency of the partner
(when necessary), and rules
coordinating this aggregate approach
with other provisions of subchapter K.
Section 1.987–1(b)(2)(ii) allows an
owner to elect to treat certain section
987 QBUs with the same functional
currency as a single section 987 QBU.
The purpose of this rule is to simplify
section 987 calculations by reducing the
number of interbranch transactions that
would be considered as ‘‘transfers’’ of
assets and liabilities. This election
applies only to certain section 987
QBUs of the owner. The IRS and the
Treasury Department request comments
regarding whether such election should
be available to treat section 987 QBUs
of owners that are members of a
consolidated group as a single section
987 QBU and how this should be
technically effectuated.
Section 1.987–1(b)(5) provides that
the term ‘‘owner’’ for section 987
purposes does not include an eligible
QBU or section 987 QBU of an owner.
Under this rule, a tiered ownership
structure of eligible QBUs and/or
section 987 QBUs will not be respected
as distinct tiers of QBUs for purposes of
section 987. Rather, tiers of eligible and/
or section 987 QBUs will be treated as
a ‘‘flat’’ structure, with each QBU in the
tier considered as owned directly by the
ultimate non-QBU owner. For example,
if a domestic corporation is the holder
of the interests in a section 987 DE
(section 987 DE1) and that DE owns the
interests in another section 987 DE
(section 987 DE2) for purposes other
than U.S. tax law, the structure will not
be treated as a tier of QBUs for purposes
of section 987. Rather, the domestic
corporation will be considered the
direct holder of the interests in the
section 987 branches of section 987 DE1
and DE2. This flat structure, which is
consistent with the general approach
taken in the proposed dual consolidated
loss regulations (70 FR 29868–29907), is
expected to be easier to administer for
both taxpayers and the IRS and to
provide more appropriate results under
the section 987 rules.
3. De Minimis Rule for Certain
Indirectly Owned Section 987 QBUs
The IRS and the Treasury Department
recognize that it may be
administratively burdensome for
taxpayers to apply certain aspects of the
proposed regulations to section 987
QBUs indirectly owned through
E:\FR\FM\07SEP2.SGM
07SEP2
52882
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 / Proposed Rules
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSAL2
relatively small interests in
partnerships. As a result, the proposed
regulations provide a de minimis
election for certain indirectly owned
section 987 QBUs. Under this rule, an
individual or corporation that owns a
section 987 QBU indirectly through a
partnership may elect not to take into
account the section 987 gain or loss of
such section 987 QBU, provided such
individual or corporation owns, directly
or indirectly, less than five percent of
the section 987 partnership.
Constructive ownership rules apply for
purposes of determining whether the
less than five percent ownership
threshold is satisfied.
This de minimis exception only
applies to recognition of section 987
gain or loss with respect to a section 987
QBU. Thus, owners of section 987 QBUs
that qualify under the de minimis
exception must comply with all other
aspects of the proposed regulations,
including the requirement to take into
account the section 987 taxable income
or loss with respect to such section 987
QBUs.
An individual or corporation that
qualifies for the election (that is,
because they owned less than five
percent of a section 987 partnership)
subsequently may fail to qualify as a
result of an increase in their interest in
a section 987 partnership. In such a
case, taxpayers must begin taking into
account the section 987 gain or loss
with respect to section 987 QBUs owned
through such partnerships. Similarly,
taxpayers that were required to take into
account section 987 gain or loss with
respect to an indirectly owned section
987 QBU may reduce their ownership
such that they become eligible for the de
minimis exception and, as a result, may
elect to no longer take into account
section 987 gain or loss. The IRS and the
Treasury Department recognize that
transition issues will arise when
interests in section 987 partnerships
change such that individuals or
corporations no longer qualify (or are
able to qualify) for the de minimis
exception. The IRS and the Treasury
Department are considering such
transition rules and request comments
as to their application.
4. Exchange Rates
Section 1.987–1(c)(1)(i) defines the
spot rate as the rate determined under
the principles of § 1.988–1(d)(1), (2) and
(4) on the relevant day. Section 1.987–
1(c)(1)(ii) allows taxpayers to elect to
use spot rate conventions that
reasonably approximate the spot rate on
a particular day. It is anticipated that
taxpayers will be able to conform the
spot rate convention for section 987 to
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:24 Sep 06, 2006
Jkt 208001
the spot rate conventions used under
FAS 52 for financial accounting
purposes. This is intended to simplify
the calculations required under section
987.
In a similar attempt to simplify
calculations, § 1.987–1(c)(2) defines the
yearly average exchange rate as an
average exchange rate for the taxable
year computed under any reasonable
method that is consistently applied.
Finally, § 1.987–1(c)(3) defines the
historic exchange rate by reference to
the spot rate on the day that assets are
transferred to (or acquired by) the
section 987 QBU, or on the day that
liabilities are assumed (or entered into)
by the section 987 QBU. The reference
to the spot rate as defined in § 1.987–
1(c)(1)(i) and (ii) allows taxpayers to
elect to use spot rate conventions for
these purposes.
5. Definitions of a Section 987 Marked
Item and a Section 987 Historic Item
The definitions of a section 987
marked item and a section 987 historic
item are central to the foreign exchange
exposure pool method. When taken into
account in the context of the calculation
of net unrecognized section 987 gain or
loss under § 1.987–4, the definitions
distinguish those items that generate
section 987 gain or loss from those that
do not. The IRS and the Treasury
Department believe that section 988
identifies those items properly treated
as giving rise to exchange gain or loss
for purposes of section 987. Thus, a
marked item as defined in § 1.987–1(d)
is an asset or liability reflected on the
books and records of the section 987
QBU that both (1) Would generate
section 988 gain or loss if held or
entered into directly by the owner of the
section 987 QBU and (2) is not a section
988 transaction to the section 987 QBU.
It is important to exclude section 988
transactions of a section 987 QBU
because section 988 already requires the
section 987 QBU to recognize gain or
loss from such transactions. Thus,
treating such transactions as marked
items for purposes of section 987 would
result in double counting. Marked items
give rise to exchange gain or loss under
section 987. Historic items, which are
defined in § 1.987–1(e) as items other
than marked items, do not give rise to
exchange gain or loss under section 987.
6. Elections Under Section 987
Section 1.987–1(f) provides rules for
making elections under section 987. In
general, the elections made under
section 987 must be made by the owner
of the section 987 QBU. The elections
must be made with respect to a section
987 QBU for the first taxable year in
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
which the election is relevant, and must
be made by attaching a statement to a
timely filed tax return for such taxable
year. Elections under section 987 are
treated as methods of accounting and
are governed by the general rules
regarding changes in methods of
accounting.
The IRS and the Treasury Department
believe that a reasonable cause standard
should be applied to determine whether
taxpayers that fail to make a timely
election are eligible for an extension of
time to file elections pursuant to
§ 1.987–1(f) of the proposed regulations.
As a result, extensions of time under
§§ 301.9100–1 through 301.9100–3 will
not be granted for filings under the
proposed regulations. See § 301.9100–
1(d).
Under the reasonable cause standard,
if an owner that is permitted to file an
election under the proposed regulations
fails to make such a filing in a timely
manner, the owner is considered to have
satisfied the timeliness requirement
with respect to such filing if it
demonstrates, to the satisfaction of the
Area Director, Field Examination, Small
Business/Self Employed or the Director,
Field Operations, Large and Mid-Size
Business (Director) having jurisdiction
of the taxpayer’s return for the taxable
year, that such failure was due to
reasonable cause and not willful
neglect. Once the owner becomes aware
of the failure, the owner must
demonstrate reasonable cause and must
satisfy the filing requirement by
attaching the election to an amended tax
return (that amends the tax return to
which the election should have been
attached). A written statement must be
included that explains the reasons for
the failure to comply.
In determining whether the taxpayer
has reasonable cause, the Director shall
consider whether the taxpayer acted
reasonably and in good faith. Whether
the taxpayer acted reasonably and in
good faith will be determined after
considering all the facts and
circumstances. The Director shall notify
the person in writing within 120 days of
the filing if it is determined that the
failure to comply was not due to
reasonable cause or if additional time
will be needed to make such
determination. If the Director fails to
notify the owner within 120 days of the
filing, the owner shall be considered to
have demonstrated to the Director that
such failure was due to reasonable cause
and not willful neglect.
The proposed regulations provide that
elections under section 987 cannot be
revoked without the consent of the
Commissioner. In addition, the
proposed regulations provide that the
E:\FR\FM\07SEP2.SGM
07SEP2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 / Proposed Rules
Commissioner will consider allowing
revocation of such an election if the
taxpayer demonstrates significantly
changed circumstances, or other
circumstances that demonstrate a
substantial non-tax business reason for
such revocation. Finally, the IRS and
the Treasury Department are
considering an exception to the general
revocation rule where a section 987
QBU is acquired in certain transactions
that do not result in the termination of
such QBU. Comments are requested as
to whether such an exception is
warranted and, if so, the appropriate
scope of such an exception.
B. Section 1.987–2 Attribution of Items
to an Eligible QBU; the Definition of a
Transfer, and Related Rules
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSAL2
1. Attribution of Items to an Eligible
QBU
i. Overview
A section 987 QBU is not itself a
taxpayer and does not have its own
taxable income. Items of income, gain,
deduction and loss must nonetheless be
attributed to such section 987 QBU for
purposes of determining the owner’s
taxable income. The items of income,
gain, deduction and loss attributed to a
section 987 QBU are generally
determined in the functional currency
of the section 987 QBU and then
translated into the functional currency
of the owner. The aggregate translated
amount is the section 987 taxable
income or loss of the section 987 QBU.
Thus, attribution rules are necessary to
determine which items of income, gain,
deduction and loss are attributed to the
section 987 QBU.
Under section 987(3), assets and
liabilities must be attributed to a section
987 QBU in order to determine the
amount of section 987 gain or loss of
such QBU. In some cases, a section 987
QBU of a taxpayer will not be held
through an entity separate from the
taxpayer that can legally own assets and
incur liabilities. In addition, not all the
assets and liabilities of an entity that is
separate from the taxpayer may be
attributable to a section 987 QBU for
purposes of section 987. Moreover,
assets and liabilities may constitute a
section 987 QBU of a taxpayer even
when such assets and liabilities are
owned or incurred by separate legal
entities. As a result, assets and liabilities
of the taxpayer (or of entities owned by
the taxpayer that are not themselves
taxpayers) must be attributed to the
section 987 QBU.
Neither section 987 nor the
underlying legislative history provides
explicit rules for attributing a taxpayer’s
items of income, gain, deduction, or loss
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:17 Sep 06, 2006
Jkt 208001
to a section 987 QBU to determine the
QBU’s section 987 taxable income or
loss. Similarly, no explicit rules are
provided in the statute or legislative
history for attributing a taxpayer’s assets
or liabilities to a section 987 QBU to
determine the section 987 gain or loss
of such QBU.
Other provisions of the Code provide
various methods for attributing or
allocating a taxpayer’s assets and
liabilities, or items of income, gain,
deduction and loss (items) for particular
purposes. These provisions provide
complex rules for making such
determinations and, in many cases,
require a detailed analysis of various
factors and relationships involving
income, assets, and activities of the
taxpayer. For example, section 864(c)
and the regulations thereunder provide
rules for determining the income, gain,
deduction, or loss of a nonresident alien
individual or foreign corporation which
are treated as effectively connected with
the conduct of a trade or business
within the United States. Other
examples are §§ 1.882–5, 1.861–8 and
1.861–9T through 1.861–13T. These
regulations provide rules for the
allocation and apportionment of
expenses, losses, and other deductions
of a taxpayer. Finally, section 884(c)(2)
and § 1.884–1(d) and (e) provide rules
for determining U.S. assets and U.S.
liabilities of a foreign corporation for
purposes of the branch profits tax. As
discussed below, the IRS and the
Treasury Department do not believe
these complex methodologies are
appropriate for purposes of section 987.
ii. Books and Records Method—General
Rule
The IRS and the Treasury Department
believe that items should be attributed
to an eligible QBU (and, if all or a
portion of such eligible QBU has a
different functional currency than its
owner, to a section 987 QBU of such
owner) to the extent they are reflected
on the books and records of the eligible
QBU (books and records method). The
IRS and the Treasury Department
believe that using a books and records
method for attributing items under
section 987 is consistent with other
provisions of the Code involving foreign
currency transactions. For example, it is
consistent with the requirement under
section 989(a) that a QBU maintain
books and records separate from the
taxpayer. It is also consistent with the
requirement under section 985(b)(1)
that, in order to have a functional
currency other than the dollar, a QBU
must keep its books and records in such
currency. Moreover, the IRS and the
Treasury Department believe the books
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
52883
and records method is administrable for
both taxpayers and the Commissioner.
This is the case because the books and
records method should be consistent
with the taxpayer’s accounting
treatment of the items and, unlike the
methods discussed above, it does not
require a complex and factually
intensive analysis of the circumstances
and activities of the eligible QBU.
For the reasons described above, the
proposed regulations adopt a books and
records method for allocating items to
an eligible QBU. The proposed
regulations provide that, subject to
certain exceptions, items are attributable
to an eligible QBU to the extent they are
reflected on the separate set of books
and records of such eligible QBU, as
defined in § 1.989(a)–1(d). The proposed
regulations make clear that these rules
apply solely for purposes of section 987.
Thus, for example, the attribution rules
contained in the proposed regulations
do not apply for purposes of allocating
and apportioning interest expense under
section 864(e).
iii. Exception for Non-Portfolio Stock,
Interests in Partnerships and Certain
Acquisition Indebtedness
As discussed above, the IRS and the
Treasury Department believe that the
assets and liabilities reflected on the
books and records of an eligible QBU
are a reasonable approximation of the
assets and liabilities that are used in the
trade or business of the eligible QBU
and, therefore, should be taken into
account for purposes of section 987.
However, the IRS and the Treasury
Department believe that certain assets
and liabilities should not be attributed
to an eligible QBU, even if such assets
and liabilities are reflected on the books
and records of such QBU. The IRS and
the Treasury Department believe that
non-portfolio stock and interests in
partnerships (and liabilities to acquire
such assets), even if reflected on the
books and records of the eligible QBU,
should not be attributed to such QBU
for purposes of section 987. This is
consistent with the principle stated
above that a section 987 QBU cannot be
an owner of another section 987 QBU.
Excluding non-portfolio stock is also
consistent with the principle that nonportfolio stock cannot be used in, or
held for the use in, the conduct of a
trade or business in the United States.
See § 1.864–4(c)(2)(iii).
As a result, the proposed regulations
provide that stock of a corporation
(whether domestic or foreign) and an
interest in a partnership (whether
domestic or foreign) are not considered
to be on the books and records of an
eligible QBU. The proposed regulations
E:\FR\FM\07SEP2.SGM
07SEP2
52884
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 / Proposed Rules
provide an exception, however, for
portfolio stock where the owner of the
eligible QBU owns (directly or
constructively) less than ten percent of
the total voting power or value of the
stock of such corporation. The proposed
regulations also provide that
indebtedness incurred to acquire stock
or a partnership interest that is not
treated as being reflected on the books
and records of an eligible QBU should
similarly be excluded from the books
and records. Finally, the proposed
regulations provide that items of
income, gain, deduction and loss arising
from ownership of stock, a partnership
interest, or related acquisition
indebtedness that is excluded from the
general books and records rule, shall
similarly not be treated as being on the
books and records of the eligible QBU.
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSAL2
iv. Coordination With Source Rules
Under Section 988
Section 988(a)(3) provides that the
source of gain or loss recognized under
section 988(a)(1) is determined by
reference to the residence of the
taxpayer or the QBU of the taxpayer on
whose books the asset, liability, or item
of income or expense is properly
reflected. Section 1.988–4(b)(2) provides
that, in general, the determination of
whether an asset, liability, or item of
income or expense is properly reflected
on the books of a QBU is a question of
fact. The regulations under section 988
further provide that such items are
presumed not to be properly reflected
on the books and records for this
purpose if inconsistent booking
practices are employed with respect to
the same or similar items. Finally, the
regulations provide that if such items
are not properly reflected on the books
of the QBU, the Commissioner may
allocate the item between or among the
taxpayer and its QBUs to properly
reflect the source (or realization) of
exchange gain or loss.
The IRS and the Treasury Department
believe that rules for determining
whether items are properly reflected on
the books of a QBU for purposes of
sourcing section 988 gain or loss should
be consistent with the rules for
attributing items to an eligible QBU
under section 987. As a result, the
proposed regulations modify the
sourcing rules in the section 988
regulations to provide that the
principles of § 1.987–2(b) apply in
determining whether an asset, liability,
or item of income or expense is properly
reflected on the books of a QBU.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:24 Sep 06, 2006
Jkt 208001
2. Certain Assets and Liabilities of
Partnerships and DEs Not Attributable
to an Eligible QBU
Section 988 applies to certain
transactions described in section 988(c)
if the transaction is denominated (or
determined by reference to) a currency
that is not the functional currency of the
taxpayer or QBU of the taxpayer. Thus,
in order to determine if a transaction is
subject to section 988, it must be
determined whether a transaction is
attributable to the taxpayer or a QBU of
the taxpayer.
Under the current section 989
regulations, a partnership is a QBU even
if it does not have activities that
constitute a trade or business (‘‘per se
QBU’’). As a result, a partnership may
have a functional currency different
than its partners and section 988 is
applied at the partnership level with
respect to section 988 transactions
properly attributable to the partnership.
These regulations propose to amend
section 989 to provide that a partnership
is no longer a per se QBU of its partners,
but instead the activities of such
partnership may be treated as a QBU.
As discussed above, the IRS and the
Treasury Department will generally
apply either an entity or an aggregate
approach with respect to partnerships
depending on which approach more
appropriately carries out the purpose of
the particular Code section under
consideration. Following the
amendments made by the proposed
regulations, and because only certain
activities of a partnership (and not the
partnership itself) can qualify as a
section 987 QBU, the IRS and the
Treasury Department believe that it is
appropriate, in cases where an asset or
liability of a partnership is not reflected
on the books and records of an eligible
QBU of the partnership, to determine
whether section 988 applies by
reference to the functional currencies of
the partners. The IRS and the Treasury
Department believe that this rule will
have limited application and will apply,
for example, where the only activity of
a partnership is the incurrence of a
liability used to acquire stock that is
held by the partnership. The proposed
regulations provide examples
illustrating the application of this rule.
As discussed above, the proposed
regulations provide that a DE itself is
not an eligible QBU and, instead, certain
activities of the DE will be treated as an
eligible QBU of the owner to the extent
a separate set of books and records with
respect to such activities are
maintained. Thus, an issue similar to
that discussed above with respect to
partnerships will arise where the DE is
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
the local law owner of certain assets or
the local law obligor on certain
liabilities, which are not reflected on the
books and records of an eligible QBU
held by the DE. The proposed
regulations provide that the
determination of whether section 988
(rather than section 987) applies with
respect to transactions involving assets
and liabilities of a DE that are not
attributable to an eligible QBU is
determined by reference to the
functional currency of the owner of
such DE.
3. Definition of a Transfer
i. Overview
Section 987(3) provides, in part, that
taxable income of a taxpayer shall be
determined by making proper
adjustments (as prescribed by the
Secretary) for transfers of property
between qualified business units of the
taxpayer having different functional
currencies. Similarly, the legislative
history to section 987 refers to
contributions to, and remittances from,
QBUs. See, H.R. Conf. Rep. No. 841,
99th Cong. 2d. Sess. II 673–76 (1986).
However, neither the statute nor the
legislative history defines the terms
‘‘transfer,’’ ‘‘contribution,’’ or
‘‘remittance.’’
As noted above, section 987 QBUs can
be divisions of an owner that have no
legal distinction separate from their
owner. Section 987 QBUs can also be
owned indirectly through partnerships,
where they have legal distinction
separate from their owners. Moreover,
as a result of the entity classification
regulations, a section 987 QBU held
through a DE can have legal distinction
separate from its owner, even though
the section 987 QBU is treated as a
division of the owner for federal income
tax purposes. As a result, assets and
liabilities can be transferred between an
owner and a section 987 QBU in a
manner that has legal significance (that
is, a distribution from a section 987
partnership), or in a manner that has no
legal significance because the transfers
are simply between divisions of the
same legal entity (that is, a transfer
involving divisions of a taxpayer that is
reflected through accounting entries).
ii. Disregarded Transactions
The definition of a transfer under the
proposed regulations includes
transactions that are regarded for both
legal and tax purposes, and transactions
that are regarded for legal purposes, but
disregarded as transactions for tax
purposes (‘‘disregarded transactions’’).
For this purpose, the term disregarded
transaction is treated as including the
E:\FR\FM\07SEP2.SGM
07SEP2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 / Proposed Rules
recording of an asset or liability on one
set of books and records, if the recording
is the result of such asset or liability
being removed from another set of books
and records of the same person or entity
(including a DE or partnership).
The proposed regulations provide that
an asset or liability is treated as
transferred to or from a section 987 QBU
if, as a result of a disregarded
transaction, such asset or liability is
reflected, or is not reflected,
respectively, on the books and records
of the section 987 QBU. For example, if
an owner of a section 987 DE loans cash
to the section 987 QBU held by the
section 987 DE, the loan is disregarded
for Federal income tax purposes.
However, as a result of such disregarded
transaction, the loaned cash is reflected
on the books and records of the section
987 QBU and, therefore, is treated as
transferred to such section 987 QBU.
iii. Certain Contributions to, and
Distributions From, Partnerships
The proposed regulations also provide
that transfers to and from section 987
QBUs include certain contributions of
assets to, or distributions of assets from,
a section 987 partnership. For example,
an asset contributed by a partner to a
section 987 partnership is treated as
transferred to an indirectly owned
section 987 QBU of the partner if the
asset is reflected on the section 987
QBU’s books and records following such
contribution. The proposed regulations
provide similar rules for assumptions of
liabilities between a section 987
partnership and its partners.
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSAL2
iv. Certain Acquisitions and
Dispositions of Interests in DEs and
Partnerships
The proposed regulations also provide
that transfers to or from a section 987
QBU may occur as a result of certain
acquisitions (including by contribution)
and dispositions of interests in DEs and
partnerships. For example, if a partner
in a section 987 partnership sells a
portion of its interest in such
partnership, the sale results in a transfer
from the partner’s indirectly owned
section 987 QBU to the extent assets and
liabilities are not reflected on the books
and records of such QBU as a result of
such sale.
v. Change in Form of Ownership
The owner of a section 987 QBU can
change its form of ownership in all or
a portion of such section 987 QBU. Such
changes in form of ownership often
occur in a manner that does not affect
the operation of the eligible QBU (or its
status as an eligible QBU), but rather
only changes the owner’s interest in its
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:24 Sep 06, 2006
Jkt 208001
section 987 QBU. For example, a direct
owner of a section 987 QBU that is
owned through a section 987 DE can
change to being an indirect owner of all
or a portion of such section 987 QBU,
if the interests in the section 987 DE are
transferred to a partnership.
Changes in form of ownership of a
section 987 QBU can occur through
actual or deemed transactions involving
the section 987 QBU itself, or actual or
deemed transactions involving interests
in a section 987 DE or section 987
partnership that owns such QBU. For
example, certain conversions of DEs to
partnerships, or partnerships to DEs,
result in deemed transactions pursuant
to Rev. Ruls. 99–5, 1999–1 CB 434, and
99–6, 1999–1 CB 432. See
§ 601.601(d)(2). Deemed transactions
with respect to partnerships also occur
pursuant to section 708(b) and the
regulations thereunder.
The IRS and the Treasury Department
believe that changes in form of
ownership should result in a transfer
only to the extent such change affects
the assets and liabilities attributable to
the section 987 QBU of the owner. As
a result, the proposed regulations
provide that a mere change in form of
ownership of a section 987 QBU does
not result in a transfer to or from the
section 987 QBU. Instead, the proposed
regulations provide that the
determination of whether a transfer has
occurred in such cases should be made
under the general transfer rules,
discussed above. Moreover, the
proposed regulations clarify that
deemed transactions (for example,
pursuant to Rev. Ruls. 99–5 and 99–6)
shall not be taken into account for
purposes of determining whether there
is a transfer.
vi. General Tax Law Principles
The proposed regulations clarify that
general tax law principles, including the
circular cash flow, step-transaction, and
substance-over-form doctrines apply for
purposes of determining whether there
is a transfer of an asset or liability to or
from a QBU. For example, if a
shareholder of a corporation that
directly owns a section 987 QBU
transfers property to the corporation and
the property is recorded on the books
and records of the corporation’s section
987 QBU, the shareholder is first treated
as transferring the property to the
corporation, and then the corporation is
treated as transferring the property to
the section 987 QBU in a disregarded
transaction.
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
52885
4. Adjustments to Items Reflected on the
Books and Records
As noted above, a section 987 QBU of
a taxpayer may not be an entity separate
from the taxpayer that can legally own
assets and incur liabilities. As a result,
recording (or failing to record) an asset
or liability on the books and records
may, other than for purposes of section
987, have little significance for tax or
legal purposes. In addition, transfers
between section 987 QBUs of the same
owner that are divisions of the same
legal entity may have no legal
significance and are accomplished only
through journal entries on the books and
records of such section 987 QBUs. As a
result, the IRS and the Treasury
Department are concerned that, in
certain circumstances, transfers to or
from a section 987 QBU may be
structured solely to achieve advantages
under section 987, especially given that
such transfers may have little or no
significance from a legal or business
perspective.
In Notice 2000–20, the IRS and the
Treasury Department expressed similar
concerns in connection with taxpayers
taking positions that certain
contributions and distributions triggered
foreign currency losses prematurely
with respect to transactions that were
undertaken for tax purposes, but lacked
meaningful non-tax economic
consequences. The notice provided that
the IRS and the Treasury Department
believe that circular cash flows and
similar transactions lacking economic
substance will not result in recognition
of foreign currency losses under general
tax principles because such transactions
are not properly treated as transfers or
remittances under section 987.
The IRS and the Treasury Department
continue to be concerned about
transactions that are undertaken for tax
purposes and lack meaningful non-tax
economic consequences. As a result, the
proposed regulations provide the
Commissioner the ability to allocate
assets and liabilities, and items of
income, gain, deduction and loss, where
a principal purpose of recording (or
failing to record) an item on the books
and records of an eligible QBU
(including an eligible QBU owned
indirectly through a partnership) is the
avoidance of U.S. tax under section 987.
The proposed regulations also provide
various factors that indicate whether
recording (or failing to record) an item
on books and records has as a principal
purpose the avoidance of U.S. tax under
section 987. For example, factors
indicating that such tax avoidance was
not a principal purpose of recording (or
not recording) an item include doing so
E:\FR\FM\07SEP2.SGM
07SEP2
52886
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 / Proposed Rules
for a substantial and bona fide business
purpose, or in a manner that is
consistent with the economics of the
underlying transaction.
5. Translation of Items Transferred to a
Section 987 QBU
The proposed regulations provide
translation rules for the transfer of assets
and liabilities to a section 987 QBU.
Under the proposed regulations, if an
asset or a liability is transferred to a
section 987 QBU, such items are
translated into the QBU’s functional
currency at the spot rate on the day of
transfer. No translation is required for
assets or liabilities denominated in the
functional currency of the section 987
QBU.
The proposed regulations provide
special rules for items transferred to a
section 987 QBU where such items are
denominated in (or determined by
reference to) the owner’s functional
currency. Such items are not translated
and instead are carried on the balance
sheet in the owner’s functional currency
since no foreign currency exposure with
respect to the owner is created by such
items.
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSAL2
6. Interaction With Other Foreign
Currency Provisions
The IRS and the Treasury Department
are considering whether the attribution
and transfer rules provided under the
proposed regulations should apply with
respect to other foreign currency
provisions in the Code. For example, the
IRS and the Treasury Department are
considering whether the attribution
rules under the proposed regulations
should apply to determine the
functional currency of a QBU under
section 985. As a result, comments are
requested on the interaction of these
rules with other foreign currency
provisions.
C. Section 1.987–3 Determination of
the Items of Aection 987 Taxable
Income or Loss of an Owner of a Section
987 QBU
In general, the term ‘‘section 987
taxable income’’ refers to the items of
income, gain, deduction or loss
attributed to the section 987 QBU under
§ 1.987–2(b), translated into the
functional currency of the owner. The
allocation of expenses such as interest
under other provisions are not taken
into account for this purpose. Section
987 taxable income is calculated by
determining each item of income, gain,
deduction or loss in the section 987
QBU’s functional currency under
§ 1.987–3(a), and then translating those
items into the owner’s functional
currency using the exchange rates
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:17 Sep 06, 2006
Jkt 208001
provided in § 1.987–3(b). Items of
income, gain, deduction or loss of a
section 987 QBU that are denominated
in (or determined by reference to) the
functional currency of the owner are not
translated and are not treated as section
988 transactions to the section 987 QBU.
Transactions denominated in (or
determined by reference to) a currency
that is neither the functional currency of
the owner nor of the section 987 QBU
are subject to the generally applicable
rules under section 988 determined
with respect to the functional currency
of the section 987 QBU.
When basis recovery is required with
respect to an historic asset, either in
computing gain or loss on the sale or
exchange of such asset, or in
determining cost recovery deductions
(such as depreciation or depletion), the
proposed regulations require the use of
the historical exchange rate associated
with the particular asset. Thus, for
example, where a section 987 QBU sells
an historic asset, the amount realized
will be translated into the owner’s
functional currency using the yearly
average exchange rate (or, if properly
elected, the spot rate), but the adjusted
basis will be translated using the
historic exchange rate associated with
that asset. The use of different exchange
rates for amount realized and adjusted
basis is designed to more closely reflect
the economic gain or loss to the owner
of the section 987 QBU than the 1991
proposed regulations. The same is true
for depreciation or other cost recovery
deductions that are claimed with
respect to historic assets of a section 987
QBU.
Special translation rules are provided
with respect to the disposition of
marked assets (other than functional
currency cash of the section 987 QBU).
Generally, the amount realized and
basis are translated at the same
exchange rates. The purpose of these
special rules is to assure that foreign
currency gain or loss (as opposed to gain
or loss not related to movements in
exchange rates) is reflected through the
balance sheet calculations of § 1.987–4
and not through the profit and loss
calculations of § 1.987–3. Cash is not
included in these special rules because
the disposition of cash cannot generate
profit or loss to the section 987 QBU for
purposes of § 1.987–3.
D. Section 1.987–4 Determination of
Net Unrecognized Section 987 Gain or
Loss of a Section 987 QBU
Section 1.987–4 provides the
mechanics for determining ‘‘net
unrecognized section 987 gain or loss’’
and, when combined with § 1.987–5,
form the mathematical core of the
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
foreign exchange exposure pool method.
In summary, § 1.987–4 uses a balance
sheet to distinguish the items of a
section 987 QBU that give rise to section
987 gain or loss (section 987 marked
items) from those that do not (section
987 historic items). This approach
avoids the distortions caused by the
1991 proposed regulations that impute
section 987 gain or loss to all assets of
a section 987 QBU, even those assets the
value of which does not fluctuate with
currency movements. Generally, annual
comparison of the change in the value
of section 987 marked items on the
opening and closing balance sheets due
to changes in exchange rates gives rise
to unrecognized section 987 gain or loss.
This unrecognized section 987 gain or
loss is aggregated with similar amounts
determined for prior years (to the extent
not previously taken into account) and
is taken into account by the owner
under the rules of § 1.987–5 upon a
remittance by the section 987 QBU.
Under § 1.987–4(a) and (b), net
unrecognized section 987 gain or loss is
computed annually and is equal to the
sum of the ‘‘unrecognized section 987
gain or loss for the current taxable year’’
and the ‘‘net accumulated unrecognized
section 987 gain or loss for all prior
taxable years.’’ A section 987 QBU’s net
accumulated unrecognized section 987
gain or loss for all prior taxable years is
the aggregate of the unrecognized
section 987 gain or loss determined
under § 1.987–4(d) for all prior taxable
years (to which these regulations apply)
reduced by the amounts taken into
account under § 1.987–5 upon a
remittance for all such taxable years. For
section 987 QBUs in existence prior to
the effective date of these regulations, a
section 987 QBU’s net accumulated
unrecognized section 987 gain or loss
includes amounts taken into account
under the transition rules of § 1.987–10.
Unrecognized section 987 gain or loss
is determined under a seven step
calculation. Under the first step in
§ 1.987–4(d)(1), the ‘‘owner functional
currency net value’’ of the section 987
QBU is determined under § 1.987–1(e)
at the close of the taxable year in the
functional currency of the owner. This
is a balance sheet calculation under
which the basis (or amount, in the case
of a liability) of each section 987 marked
item is translated into the owner’s
functional currency at the spot rate on
the last day of the taxable year. Section
987 historic items are translated into the
owner’s functional currency at the
historic exchange rate and, therefore, do
not give rise to exchange gain or loss.
The amount of liabilities determined in
the owner’s functional currency is
subtracted from the value of the assets
E:\FR\FM\07SEP2.SGM
07SEP2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 / Proposed Rules
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSAL2
determined in the owner’s functional
currency to result in the owner
functional currency net value of the
section 987 QBU at the close of the
taxable year. The owner functional
currency net value of the section 987
QBU at the close of the preceding
taxable year is subtracted from the
owner functional currency net value of
the section 987 QBU at the close of the
current taxable year to yield the change
in owner functional currency net value
of the section 987 QBU for the taxable
year expressed in the owner’s functional
currency.
Generally, three components are
reflected in the change in owner
functional currency net value of the
section 987 QBU for a taxable year.
First, taxable income or loss of the
section 987 QBU will result in increases
or decreases in net assets, and will
therefore affect net value. Second,
transfers of assets or liabilities to or
from the section 987 QBU will affect net
value. Finally, any remaining change in
net value (as measured in the owner’s
functional currency) results from
changes in the value of the section 987
QBU’s marked assets and liabilities. In
order to isolate the change in value due
to foreign currency movements with
respect to section 987 marked assets and
liabilities, the other changes must be
reversed out. That is the function of
steps 2 through 7 of § 1.987–4(d).
The unrecognized section 987 gain or
loss when aggregated with similar
amounts for prior years (that were not
previously taken into account) yields a
pool of ‘‘net unrecognized section 987
gain or loss’’ all or part of which is to
be triggered upon a remittance or
termination.
E. Section 1.987–5 Recognition of
Section 987 Gain or Loss
Section 1.987–5 of the proposed
regulations provides the method for
determining the amount of section 987
gain or loss a taxpayer must recognize
in a taxable year. Generally, the amount
of section 987 gain or loss recognized in
a taxable year equals the net
unrecognized section 987 gain or loss of
the section 987 QBU determined under
§ 1.987–4 on the last day of such taxable
year, multiplied by the owner’s
remittance proportion. The pool of net
unrecognized section 987 gain or loss
includes both unrecognized section 987
gain or loss on marked items for the
current year and unrecognized section
987 gain or loss on marked items for
prior years (that has not yet been taken
into account). A portion of the § 1.987–
4 pool of unrecognized section 987 gain
or loss is triggered by a net transfer or
‘‘remittance’’ to the owner by a section
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:17 Sep 06, 2006
Jkt 208001
987 QBU during the owner’s taxable
year. Generally, the owner’s remittance
proportion is equal to the quotient of the
amount of the remittance divided by the
aggregate adjusted basis of the section
987 QBU’s gross assets (as reflected on
its year end balance sheet), without
reduction for the remittance.
The 1991 proposed regulations define
a remittance as the amount of any
transfer from a QBU branch to the extent
the amount of transfers during the year
does not exceed the year end balance of
the equity pool. Transfers are limited in
the 1991 proposed regulations by a daily
netting rule that takes into account only
the amount of property distributed from
the QBU branch that exceeds the
amount of property transferred by the
taxpayer to the QBU branch in a single
day. The IRS and the Treasury
Department believe that the daily
netting rule of the 1991 proposed
regulations is not easily administered
and causes distortions in the amount of
a remittance. For example, taxpayers
have taken the position that a
remittance followed a short time later by
an equal contribution to a QBU branch
can trigger recognition of section 987
gain or loss even though there has been
no economic change in position of the
QBU branch. The IRS and the Treasury
Department believe this approach is
inappropriate and provides incentives
for circular cash flows used to
manipulate amounts of remittances.
This daily netting rule is eliminated in
the proposed regulations to reduce
administrative burdens on both the IRS
and taxpayers, and to eliminate both
taxpayer favorable and taxpayer
unfavorable distortions that it can
create.
Section 1.987–5(c) of the proposed
regulations defines a remittance as the
excess of total transfers from the section
987 QBU to the owner determined in
the owner’s functional currency on an
annual basis over total transfers from
the owner to the section 987 QBU
determined on an annual basis. Solely
for purposes of determining the amount
of a remittance under § 1.987–5(c), the
amount of liabilities transferred from
the owner to the section 987 QBU is
treated as a transfer of assets from the
section 987 QBU to the owner.
Similarly, the amount of liabilities
transferred from the section 987 QBU to
the owner is treated as a transfer of
assets from the owner to the section 987
QBU. The IRS and the Treasury
Department recognize that section 987
QBUs actively engaged in business may
have a significant number of
transactions that are treated as transfers
to and from the owner pursuant to
§ 1.987–2(c). It is anticipated that the
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
52887
annual netting rule will help to reduce
complexity and administrative burden
for taxpayers and the IRS by treating the
net amount of transfers as a single
annual remittance. For purposes of
determining the annual remittance, only
assets and liabilities considered
transferred pursuant to § 1.987–2(c) will
be taken into account.
The remittance is divided by the total
adjusted basis of section 987 gross
assets, expressed in the functional
currency of the owner, reflected on the
section 987 QBU balance sheet pursuant
to § 1.987–2 (increased by the amount of
the remittance) to determine the
remittance proportion. The IRS and the
Treasury Department considered a
number of different measures for
determining the amount of section 987
gain or loss triggered upon a remittance.
The adjusted basis of gross section 987
QBU assets was selected as the measure
because it avoids administrative
concerns raised by alternative methods
and limits the potential volatility
associated with the recognition of
section 987 gain or loss. In particular,
the adjusted basis of gross section 987
QBU assets measure avoids the
significant administrative burdens
associated with a section 987 QBU
accumulated earnings approach that
would require taxpayers to maintain
post-1986 accumulated earnings pools
for each section 987 QBU. The IRS and
the Treasury Department also
considered the use of net section 987
QBU assets as a potential measure.
Although the net section 987 QBU
assets measure does not raise the same
administrative burdens as an earnings
based approach, the IRS and the
Treasury Department were concerned
about the volatility of recognizing
section 987 gain or loss using a net asset
measure. For example, if a section 987
QBU’s gross assets are equal to its
liabilities, section 987 gain or loss
would be deferred. On the other hand,
a small amount of income could
increase section 987 QBU net assets
slightly above zero and all accumulated
section 987 gains or losses could be
triggered with a very small remittance.
The IRS and the Treasury Department
believe that gross assets is a reasonable
proxy for post-1986 accumulated
earnings in this context, can be
administered relatively easily, and will
reduce the volatility and potential for
distortion described in this preamble.
F. Section 1.987–6 Character and
Source
Section 987(3)(B) requires that a
taxpayer make proper adjustments (as
prescribed by the Secretary) for certain
transfers of property between QBUs of
E:\FR\FM\07SEP2.SGM
07SEP2
52888
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 / Proposed Rules
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSAL2
the taxpayer, including treating section
987 gain or loss as ordinary income or
loss and sourcing such gain or loss by
reference to the source of income giving
rise to post-1986 accumulated earnings.
Section 987 is silent on the method of
characterizing section 987 gain or loss
for purposes of the Code. Nevertheless,
the IRS and the Treasury Department
believe that it is necessary to
characterize section 987 gain or loss for
the proper operation of certain other
sections of the Code. For example, the
character of section 987 gain must be
determined for purposes of determining
whether all or a portion of such gain
qualifies as subpart F income under
section 954. This characterization is
necessary to prevent section 987 from
being used as a vehicle to avoid the
rules of section 954(c)(1)(D) with respect
to certain section 988 transactions. In
addition, section 987 gain or loss must
be characterized for purposes of
determining the foreign tax credit
limitation under section 904(d). As a
result, and pursuant to sections 987(3)
and 989(c)(5), the proposed regulations
characterize section 987 gain or loss for
all purposes of the Code, including for
purposes of sections 904(d), 907 and
954.
In accordance with section 987(3)(B),
§ 1.987–6(a) provides that section 987
gain or loss is ordinary income or loss.
Moreover, the IRS and the Treasury
Department believe that rules governing
the source and character of section 987
gain or loss for other Code sections
should be consistent. The IRS and the
Treasury Department are concerned,
however, that sourcing and
characterizing section 987 gain or loss
by reference to post-1986 accumulated
earnings would give rise to substantial
complexity by requiring taxpayers to
track the earnings of section 987 QBUs
in section 904(d) categories over
prolonged periods. The compliance
burden would be considerable for
taxpayers with large numbers of section
987 QBUs. Accordingly, the IRS and the
Treasury Department believe that it is
appropriate to use the average tax book
value of assets in the year of remittance
as determined under § 1.861–9T(g) as a
proxy for post-1986 accumulated
earnings in the context of section 987.3
In the context of section 987, use of a
single year’s assets should generally
reflect the activities of a section 987
QBU that give rise to a section 987
3 Notably, because section 987 gain or loss may
be derived from assets acquired with earnings and
capital of a section 987 QBU (or from liabilities
entered into by the QBU), using post-1986
accumulated earnings to characterize exchange gain
or loss under section 987 may not reflect all items
giving rise to such gain or loss.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:17 Sep 06, 2006
Jkt 208001
QBU’s accumulated earnings and will
significantly minimize complexity. The
tax book value method set forth in
§ 1.861–9T(g) as applied to section 987
QBUs has been amended to provide
greater consistency with the proposed
regulations. The modified gross income
method described in § 1.861–9T(j)
cannot be used to characterize section
987 gain or loss as the IRS and the
Treasury Department believe that gross
income earned in a single year is not a
sufficient proxy for accumulated
earnings.
The IRS and the Treasury Department
recognize that the characterization rule
contained in the proposed regulations
applies to provisions other than the
international tax rules. In addition, the
IRS and the Treasury Department
recognize that special considerations
may arise in connection with applying
this characterization rule to various
domestic provisions. For example,
special considerations may arise when
characterizing section 987 gain or loss
for rules that apply to regulated
investment companies (RICs) and real
estate investment trusts (REITs). The
IRS and the Treasury Department are
studying the application of the
characterization rules to these other
provisions and request comments. As a
result, the proposed regulations reserve
on the method for characterizing and
sourcing section 987 gain or loss for
purposes of RICs and REITs.
G. Section 1.987–7
Partnership Rules
1. Scope
Section 1.987–7 provides rules for
determining a partner’s share of the
assets and liabilities of an eligible QBU
held indirectly through a section 987
partnership. It also provides rules
coordinating the application of section
987 with subchapter K of chapter 1 of
the Code.
2. Allocation of Assets and Liabilities
In order to apply the foreign exchange
exposure pool method at the partner
level, as discussed above, each partner
must determine its share of the assets
and liabilities of an eligible QBU and, to
the extent applicable, a section 987 QBU
owned indirectly through the section
987 partnership. Section 1.987–7
provides a general rule that requires the
allocation of the assets and liabilities of
the partnership’s eligible QBUs to the
partners in a manner that is consistent
with the manner in which the partners
have agreed to share the economic
benefits and burdens corresponding to
such assets and liabilities, taking into
account the rules and principles of
sections 701 through 761 and the
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
regulations thereunder, including
section 704(b) and § 1.701–2.
The IRS and the Treasury Department
believe that this general rule is
appropriate because it will allocate the
assets and liabilities consistent with the
partners’ economic arrangement. The
IRS and the Treasury Department
recognize that any rule which attempted
to allocate the assets and liabilities
without regard to such economic
arrangement would have the effect of
distorting each partner’s section 987
gain or loss attributable to its section
987 QBU and, as a result, would be
inappropriate. Moreover, the IRS and
the Treasury Department are concerned
that taxpayers could attempt to
inappropriately shift a partner’s share of
the underlying assets and liabilities of a
section 987 QBU owned indirectly
through a section 987 partnership to
distort the partner’s section 987 gain or
loss. As a result, the Commissioner may
review such allocations to ensure that
they are consistent with the economic
arrangement of the partners and the
principles of subchapter K of Chapter 1
of the Code and the applicable
regulations, including section 704(b)
and § 1.701–2.
Moreover, the IRS and the Treasury
Department are considering whether it
would be appropriate, when these
regulations are finalized, to provide a
safe harbor. Under such a safe harbor,
the assets and liabilities of an eligible
QBU would be deemed to be allocated
in a manner which appropriately
reflects each partner’s share of the
economic benefits and burdens if
certain conditions are satisfied. For
example, the safe harbor could provide
that the assets and liabilities are deemed
to be allocated in a manner consistent
with each partner’s share of the
underlying economic benefits and
burdens provided the assets, to the
extent of a partner’s share of partnership
capital, are allocated in accordance with
such capital and any excess assets
(assets in excess of partnership capital)
are allocated consistent with the manner
in which the partners have agreed to
share the economic burden of the
liabilities incurred to acquire such
assets. The IRS and the Treasury
Department request comments as to
whether a safe harbor should be
included and, if so, what form such safe
harbor should take.
3. Coordination with subchapter K
A partner must take into account its
share of the items of income, gain,
deduction, or loss of its section 987
QBU owned indirectly through a
partnership and, under § 1.987–3, must
convert such items into its functional
E:\FR\FM\07SEP2.SGM
07SEP2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 / Proposed Rules
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSAL2
currency. In addition, a partner must
take into account any section 987 gain
or loss of the section 987 QBU
determined in the partner’s functional
currency. In both situations, the
partner’s adjusted basis in its
partnership interest must be adjusted in
order to avoid the duplication of income
or loss attributable to the section 987
QBU. Section 1.987–7 provides a rule
regarding the appropriate adjustments
which must be made to the partner’s
adjusted basis in the section 987
partnership to ensure that no such
duplication occurs.
A partner is also required under
section 752 to adjust its basis in its
interest in the section 987 partnership to
take into account liabilities of the
section 987 partnership. As a result, the
proposed regulations provide rules for
determining the appropriate
adjustments to such basis required
under section 752 in the case of an
increase or a decrease in such partner’s
share of the liabilities of the partnership
reflected on the books and records of a
section 987 QBU. In addition, the
proposed regulations provide rules for
determining the amount of such
liability, as determined in the partner’s
functional currency, which must be
taken into account on the sale or
exchange of a partnership interest under
section 752(d).
The proposed regulations also clarify,
consistent with section 985(a), that a
partner’s adjusted basis in its
partnership interest is determined in the
functional currency of the partner.
Moreover, the proposed regulations
provide that the fluctuations between
the partner’s functional currency and
the functional currency of the section
987 QBU do not affect such partner’s
adjusted basis in its partnership interest.
Instead, such fluctuations are taken into
account under the foreign exchange
exposure pool method of § 1.987–4.
4. Comments
The proposed regulations do not
address the adjustments which would
occur under section 752 when there is
an assumption by a partnership of a
partner’s liability that is denominated in
a functional currency different from the
partner and which, as a result, is subject
to section 988 in the hands of the
partner. In such cases, the partner will
be deemed to receive a distribution of
money, under section 752(b), regardless
of whether, following the assumption,
the liability is reflected on the books
and records of the partnership’s
qualified business unit. In such cases, it
is unclear whether the amount of the
distribution should be determined by
reference to the spot rate (on the date of
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:17 Sep 06, 2006
Jkt 208001
assumption) or the historic exchange
rate (on the date the liability was
originally incurred by the partner). In
addition, this issue raises concerns as to
how section 988 would operate upon
such assumption. The IRS and Treasury
Department request comments on this
issue and whether provisions should be
included in section 988 to better
coordinate the operation of section 987
and section 988 in this context. In
addition, comments are requested on
whether provisions should be included
in section 988 in order to coordinate the
aggregate approach, adopted in these
proposed regulations, with respect to
certain assets and liabilities that are not
reflected on an eligible QBU of the
partnership.
In addition to the issues specifically
addressed in the proposed regulations,
the IRS and the Treasury Department
request comments on additional
provisions which should be included to
coordinate the provisions of section 987
with subchapter K of chapter 1 of the
Code. Specifically, comments are
requested as to how capital accounts
maintained under section 704 should be
adjusted to take into account section
987 gain or loss. In addition, comments
are requested as to whether section 987
loss should be subject to the limitation
provided under section 704(d) and, if
so, how such limitation might be
applied. Finally, comments are
requested as to any other provisions of
subchapter K of chapter 1 of the Code
on which guidance should be provided.
H. Section 1.987–8
Section 987 QBU
Termination of a
1. General termination rules
The proposed regulations set forth
circumstances in which a section 987
QBU will terminate. For purposes of
§ 1.987–5, a termination of a section 987
QBU is treated as a remittance of all the
gross assets of the section 987 QBU to
its owner. The termination rules
recognize that an owner carries on a
trade or business through its section 987
QBU and when the owner stops
conducting that trade or business
through its section 987 QBU, any
section 987 gain or loss should be
recognized in full. Thus, a termination
generally occurs when: (1) The activities
of the section 987 QBU cease; (2)
substantially all of the assets (as defined
in section 368(a)(1)(C)) of the section
987 QBU are transferred to its owner; or
(3) the owner of the section 987 QBU
ceases to exist.
In addition, a termination occurs
when a foreign corporation that is a
controlled foreign corporation (CFC)
that is the owner of a section 987 QBU
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
52889
ceases to be a CFC because at that point
any section 987 gain or loss cannot be
subpart F income and may be deferred
indefinitely.
2. Exceptions for Certain Section 381
Transactions
Section 987 gain or loss generally
arises during the period that an owner
has a section 987 QBU. The section 987
gain or loss is analogous in some
respects to a tax attribute under section
381. As a result, the proposed
regulations provide that a termination
does not generally occur when other tax
attributes under section 381 are carried
over in a liquidation under section 332
or an asset reorganization under section
368(a). However, inbound and outbound
liquidations and reorganizations
terminate a section 987 QBU because
these transactions materially change the
circumstances in which section 987 gain
or loss is taken into account.
3. Treatment of Inbound Liquidations
and Inbound Asset Reorganizations
Although the proposed regulations
treat inbound liquidations under section
332 and inbound asset reorganizations
under section 368(a) as terminations,
the IRS and the Treasury Department
are considering whether such treatment
is appropriate in all cases.
The IRS and the Treasury Department
believe that the better view, taking into
account various policies, is to support
the treatment of inbound transactions as
terminations. For example, such
treatment may prevent the importation
of a tax attribute that was generated
offshore. Concerns over such attribute
importation are similar to those that
were addressed in § 1.367(b)–3(e) and (f)
and section 362(e). In addition, treating
inbound asset transactions as
terminations is consistent with the
results that would obtain if the foreign
currency gain or loss attributable to the
QBU were taken into account under
section 988, rather than section 987.
The IRS and the Treasury Department
acknowledge, however, that other
policies may support the position that
such inbound transactions should not
be terminations. One of the reasons the
proposed regulations treat certain
section 381 transactions as terminations
is because amounts taken into account
under section 987 (that is, section 987
taxable income or loss, and section 987
gain or loss) generally become subject to
a lesser degree of U.S. taxation after the
section 381 transaction than was the
case before the transaction (that is,
when the section 987 QBU goes from
being owned by a domestic corporation
to being owned by a foreign
corporation). This is not the case in
E:\FR\FM\07SEP2.SGM
07SEP2
52890
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 / Proposed Rules
certain inbound transactions because
amounts taken into account under
section 987 are generally subject to a
greater degree of U.S. taxation after the
inbound transaction (when the section
987 QBU is owned by a domestic
corporation) than was the case before
the transaction (when the section 987
QBU was owned by a foreign
corporation).
The IRS and the Treasury Department
request comments on whether it is
appropriate to treat these inbound asset
transactions as terminations. Such
comments should take into account the
policy concerns discussed in this
preamble.
4. Section 351 Exchanges and
Transactions Within a Consolidated
Group
The proposed regulations provide that
a termination occurs when the owner of
a section 987 QBU transfers the QBU to
another corporation in exchange for
stock in a transaction qualifying under
section 351. The termination occurs
because the owner no longer has a
section 987 QBU.
The IRS and the Treasury Department
are studying ways to apply the
intercompany transaction rules of
§ 1.1502–13 to section 987 transactions
within a consolidated group. For
example, the IRS and the Treasury
Department are considering whether
transfers qualifying under section 351
which would trigger a remittance or
termination under the proposed
regulations should qualify for deferral
under § 1.1502–13. The IRS and the
Treasury Department request comments
on the interplay between § 1.1502–13
and the proposed regulations and the
timing of the inclusion of the deferred
section 987 gain or loss.
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSAL2
I. Section 1.987–9 Recordkeeping
Rules
Given the detailed nature of the
calculations required under these
regulations, § 1.987–9 articulates the
records that taxpayers must keep. A
taxpayer must keep such records as are
sufficient to establish the section 987
QBU’s section 987 taxable income or
loss, its section 987 gain or loss, and the
transition method used for section 987
QBUs under § 1.987–10. Section 1.987–
9(b) lists supplemental records that
must be maintained.
J. Section 1.987–10 Transition Rules
The transition rules of § 1.987–10
apply to a taxpayer that is the owner of
a section 987 QBU on the transition
date. Such a taxpayer must transition to
the foreign exchange exposure pool
method of these regulations whether or
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:24 Sep 06, 2006
Jkt 208001
not such taxpayer made determinations
required under section 987 in prior
years. A taxpayer that failed to make
required determinations under section
987 in prior years or that used an
unreasonable method in prior years can
only use the fresh start transition
method of § 1.987–10(c)(4) as described
in this preamble. Generally, use of the
1991 proposed section 987 regulations
method (see, Examples 1 and 3 of
§ 1.987–10(d)) or an ‘‘earnings only’’
section 987 method (see, Example 2 of
§ 1.987–10(d)) will be considered a
reasonable method for purposes of
§ 1.987–10. However, for example, the
recognition of section 987 gain or loss
with respect to stock under any method,
where the gain or loss does not reflect
economic gain or loss derived from the
movements in exchange rates, will be
carefully scrutinized by the IRS and
may be considered unreasonable based
on the facts and circumstances of the
particular case.
The transition date is the first day of
the first taxable year to which these
section 987 regulations apply.
Comments are requested on the
application of these transition rules to
partnerships which were, under the
current proposed regulations, treated as
qualified business units for purposes of
section 987. Comments are also
requested on the treatment of qualified
business units of such partnerships.
Generally, § 1.987–10(c) allows a
taxpayer to transition to the foreign
exchange exposure pool method set
forth in these regulations under one of
two methods (the ‘‘deferral transition
method’’ or the ‘‘fresh start transition
method’’). Under the conformity rules of
§ 1.987–10(c)(2), this election must be
applied with respect to all members that
file a consolidated return with the
taxpayer and any controlled foreign
corporation as defined in section 957 in
which the taxpayer owns more than 50
percent of the voting power or stock (as
determined in section 957(a)). This
conformity rule is necessary to prevent
taxpayers and certain related entities
from taking inconsistent positions with
respect to qualified business units
which have unrecognized section 987
gains and losses. The IRS and the
Treasury Department request comments
on concerns that may arise by the
inclusion of certain controlled foreign
corporations in the conformity rule.
Under the deferral transition method
of § 1.987–10(c)(3), section 987 gain or
loss is determined under the taxpayer’s
prior section 987 method on the
transition date as if all qualified
business units of the taxpayer
terminated on the last day of the taxable
year preceding the transition date. The
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
deemed termination is solely for
purposes of measuring section 987 gain
or loss in order to transition to the
foreign exchange exposure pool method
and does not apply for any other
purpose. Section 987 gain or loss
determined on the deemed termination
is not immediately recognized. Rather, it
is deferred by treating it as net
unrecognized section 987 gain or loss of
the relevant section 987 QBU. Such gain
or loss will be recognized under the
remittance rules of § 1.987–5 for periods
after the transition date. The owner of
a qualified business unit that is deemed
to terminate under these rules is treated
as having transferred all of the assets
and liabilities attributable to the
qualified business unit to a new section
987 QBU on the transition date. In order
to avoid double counting, § 1.987–
10(c)(3)(ii) provides that the exchange
rates used to determine the amount of
an asset or liability transferred from the
owner to the new section 987 QBU on
the transition date (that is, for purposes
of making later calculations under
§ 1.987–4) is determined with reference
to the historic exchange rates on the day
the asset was acquired or liability
entered into by the qualified business
unit deemed terminated. That exchange
rate is then adjusted to take into account
an allocation of section 987 gain or loss
determined under the deferral transition
method. If the taxpayer is not able to
trace an historic exchange rate to a
particular asset or liability, then the
exchange rate must be determined
under a reasonable allocation method,
consistently applied, that takes into
account an allocation of the aggregate
basis and an allocation of the deferred
section 987 gain or loss.
Under the fresh start transition
method of § 1.987–10(c)(4), on the
transition date all qualified business
units of the taxpayer subject to section
987 are deemed terminated on the last
day of the taxable year preceding the
transition date. As under the deferral
transition method, this deemed
termination is solely for purposes of
transitioning to the foreign exchange
exposure pool method under section
987 and does not apply for any other
purpose. Under the fresh start transition
method, no section 987 gain or loss is
determined or recognized on such
deemed termination. Rather, the
exchange rates used to determine the
total amount of assets and liabilities
deemed transferred from the owner to
the section 987 QBU for the section 987
QBU’s first taxable year are determined
solely with reference to the historic
exchange rates on the day the assets
were acquired or liabilities entered into
E:\FR\FM\07SEP2.SGM
07SEP2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 / Proposed Rules
by the qualified business unit that was
deemed terminated. Like the deferral
transition method, if the taxpayer is not
able to trace an exchange rate to a
particular asset or liability, then the
exchange rate must be determined
under a reasonable allocation method,
consistently applied, that takes into
account the aggregate basis of the QBU’s
assets (and amount of liabilities). The
fresh start method is designed to
prevent recognition of non-economic
currency gain or loss with respect to
unremitted assets that are attributable to
the qualified business unit. In the first
taxable year when the foreign exchange
exposure pool method applies, the
deemed contribution of marked assets to
a section 987 QBU at the historic
exchange rate when originally acquired
potentially gives rise to section 987 gain
or loss while the historic assets (also
translated at the historic exchange rate)
will not.
The transition method adopted by the
taxpayer must be disclosed in
accordance with the rules provided in
§ 1.987–10(c)(6).
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSAL2
Proposed Effective Date
These regulations are proposed to be
effective as follows. These regulations
shall generally apply to taxable years
beginning one year after the first day of
the first taxable year following the date
of publication of a Treasury decision
adopting this rule as a final regulation
in the Federal Register. A taxpayer may
elect to apply these regulations to
taxable years beginning after the date of
publication of a Treasury decision
adopting this rule as a final regulation
in the Federal Register. Such election is
binding on all members that file a
consolidated return with the taxpayer
and any controlled foreign corporation,
as defined in section 957, in which the
taxpayer owns more than 50 percent of
the voting power or stock (as
determined in section 957(a)). Pending
finalization, the IRS and the Treasury
Department would consider positions
consistent with these proposed
regulations to be reasonable
constructions of the statute.
Special Analyses
It has been determined that this notice
of proposed rulemaking is not a
significant regulatory action as defined
in Executive Order 12866. Therefore, a
regulatory assessment is not required. It
has also been determined that section
553(b) of the Administrative Procedure
Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 5) does not apply
to these regulations. It is hereby
certified that the collection of
information contained in this regulation
will not have a significant economic
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:24 Sep 06, 2006
Jkt 208001
impact on a substantial number of small
entities. Accordingly, a regulatory
flexibility analysis is not required. The
proposed section 987 regulations will
generally only affect large United States
corporations with business units
operating in foreign jurisdictions. Thus,
the number of affected small entities
will not be substantial and any
economic impact on those entities in
complying with the collection of
information would be minimal.
Pursuant to section 7805(f) of the
Internal Revenue Code, this notice of
proposed rulemaking will be submitted
to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the
Small Business Administration for
comment on its impact on small
businesses.
Comments and Public Hearing
Before the proposed regulations are
adopted as final regulations,
consideration will be given to any
written (a signed original and eight (8)
copies) or electronic comments that are
submitted timely to the IRS. The IRS
and the Treasury Department request
comments on the clarity of the proposed
rules and how they can be made easier
to understand. All comments will be
available for public inspection and
copying.
A public hearing has been scheduled
for November 21, 2006, beginning at 10
a.m. in the Auditorium, Internal
Revenue Service, New Carrollton
Federal Building, 5000 Ellin Road,
Lanham, MD 20706. In addition, all
visitors must present photo
identification to enter the building.
Because of access restrictions, visitors
will not be admitted beyond the
immediate entrance area more than 30
minutes before the hearing starts. For
information about having your name
placed on the building access list to
attend the hearing, see the FOR FURTHER
INFORMATION CONTACT section of this
preamble.
The rules of 26 CFR 601.601(a)(3)
apply to the hearing. Persons who wish
to present oral comments must submit
electronic or written comments by
December 6, 2006 and an outline of the
topics to be discussed and time to be
devoted on each topic (a signed original
and eight (8) copies) by October 31,
2006. A period of 10 minutes will be
allotted to each person for making
comments. An agenda showing the
scheduling of the speakers will be
prepared after the deadline for receiving
outlines has passed. Copies of the
agenda will be available free of charge
at the hearing.
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
52891
Drafting Information
The principal authors of the proposed
regulations are Jeffrey Dorfman and
Theodore Setzer of the Office of
Associate Chief Counsel (International).
List of Subjects in 26 CFR Part 1
Income taxes, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements.
Withdrawal of Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking
Accordingly, under the authority of
26 U.S.C. 7805, the notice of proposed
rulemaking (REG–208270–86) that was
published in the Federal Register on
September 25, 1991 (56 FR 48457) is
withdrawn.
Proposed Amendment to the
Regulations
Accordingly, 26 CFR part 1 is
proposed to be amended as follows:
PART 1—INCOME TAXES
Paragraph 1. The authority citation
for part 1 continues to read in part as
follows:
Authority: 26 U.S.C. 987, 989(c), 6601 and
7805 * * *
Par. 2. Section 1.861–9T is amended
as follows:
1. Paragraph (g)(2)(ii)(A)(1) is revised.
2. Paragraph (g)(2)(vi) is added.
The revisions read as follows:
§ 1.861–9T Allocation and apportionment
of interest expense (temporary).
*
*
*
*
*
(g) * * *
(2) * * *
(ii) * * * (A) * * *
(1) Section 987 QBU. In the case of a
section 987 QBU, the tax book value
shall be determined by applying the
rules of paragraphs (g)(2)(i) and (3) of
this section to the beginning of year and
end of year functional currency amount
of assets. The beginning of year
functional currency amount of assets
shall be determined by reference to the
functional currency amount of assets
computed under § 1.987–4(d)(1)(i)(B)
and (e) on the last day of the preceding
taxable year. The end of year functional
currency amount of assets shall be
determined by reference to the
functional currency amount of assets
computed under § 1.987–4(d)(1)(i)(A)
and (e) on the last day of the current
taxable year. The beginning of year and
end of year functional currency amount
of assets, as so determined within each
grouping must then be averaged as
provided in paragraph (g)(2)(i) of this
section.
*
*
*
*
*
E:\FR\FM\07SEP2.SGM
07SEP2
52892
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 / Proposed Rules
(vi) Effective date. Generally,
paragraph (g)(2)(ii)(A)(1) of this section
shall apply to taxable years beginning
one year after the first day of the first
taxable year following the date of
publication of a Treasury decision
adopting this rule as a final regulation
in the Federal Register. If a taxpayer
makes an election under § 1.987–11(b),
then the effective date of paragraph
(g)(2)(ii)(A)(1) of this section with
respect to the taxpayer shall be
consistent with such election.
*
*
*
*
*
Par. 3. Section 1.985–1 is amended as
follows:
1. Paragraph (d)(2), second sentence;
and paragraph (f), Example 9 and
Example 10(i), ninth sentence are
revised.
2. Paragraph (f), Example 11 is
removed.
3. Paragraph (f), Example 12 is
redesignated as Example 11.
4. Paragraph (g) is added.
The revisions and addition read as
follows:
§ 1.985–1
Functional currency.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(2) * * * The amount of income or
loss or earnings and profits (or deficit in
earnings and profits) of each QBU in its
functional currency shall then be
translated into the foreign corporation’s
functional currency under the
principles of section 987.
*
*
*
*
*
(f) Examples. * * *
Example (9). (i) The facts are the same as
in Example (7). In addition, assume that in
1987 branch A has items of earnings of 100
FC and branch B has items of earnings of 100
LC as determined under section 987. S
translates branch A’s and branch B’s items of
earnings and profits into its functional
currency under the principles of section 987.
Example (10). (i) * * * Assume that B’s
items of income of 200 DCs when properly
translated under the principles of section 987
is equal to 100 LCs. * * *
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSAL2
*
*
*
*
*
(g) Effective date. Generally, the
revisions to the second sentence of
paragraph (d)(2), Example 9, and
Example 10 shall apply to taxable years
beginning one year after the first day of
the first taxable year following the date
of publication of a Treasury decision
adopting this rule as a final regulation
in the Federal Register. If a taxpayer
makes an election under § 1.987–11(b),
then the effective date of these revisions
with respect to the taxpayer shall be
consistent with such election.
Par 4. Section 1.985–5 is revised to
read as follows:
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:24 Sep 06, 2006
Jkt 208001
§ 1.985–5 Adjustments required upon
change in functional currency.
(a) In general. This section applies in
the case of a taxpayer, qualified
business unit (QBU) or section 987 QBU
as defined in § 1.987–1(b)(2) changing
from one functional currency (old
functional currency) to another
functional currency (new functional
currency). A taxpayer, QBU, or section
987 QBU subject to the rules of this
section shall make the adjustments set
forth in the 3-step procedure described
in paragraphs (b) through (e) of this
section. Except as otherwise provided in
this section, the adjustments shall be
made on the last day of the taxable year
ending before the year of change as
defined in § 1.481–1(a)(1). Gain or loss
required to be recognized under
paragraphs (b), (d)(2), (e)(2), and
(e)(4)(iii) of this section is not subject to
section 481 and, therefore, the full
amount of the gain or loss must be
included in income or earnings and
profits on the last day of the taxable year
ending before the year of change. Except
as provided in § 1.985–6, a QBU or
section 987 QBU with a functional
currency for its first taxable year
beginning in 1987 that is different from
the currency in which it had kept its
books and records for United States
accounting and tax accounting purposes
for its prior taxable year shall apply the
principles of this section for purposes of
computing the relevant functional
currency items, such as earnings and
profits, basis of an asset, and amount of
a liability, as of the first day of a
taxpayer’s first taxable year beginning in
1987. However, a QBU that changes to
the dollar pursuant to § 1.985–1(b)(2)
after 1987 shall apply § 1.985–7.
(b) Step 1 Taking into account
exchange gain or loss on certain section
988 transactions. The taxpayer, QBU or
section 987 QBU shall recognize or
otherwise take into account for all
purposes of the Internal Revenue Code
the amount of any unrealized exchange
gain or loss attributable to a section 988
transaction (as defined in section
988(c)(1)(A), (B), and (C)) that, after
applying section 988(d), is denominated
in terms of or determined by reference
to the new functional currency. The
amount of such gain or loss shall be
determined without regard to the
limitations of section 988(b) (that is,
whether any gain or loss would be
realized on the transaction as a whole).
The character and source of such gain
or loss shall be determined under
section 988.
(c) Step 2 Determining the new
functional currency basis of property
and the new functional currency
amount of liabilities and any other
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
relevant items. Except as otherwise
provided in this section, the new
functional currency adjusted basis of
property and the new functional
currency amount of liabilities and any
other relevant items (for example, items
described in section 988(c)(1)(B)(iii))
shall equal the product of the amount of
the old functional currency adjusted
basis or amount multiplied by the new
functional currency/old functional
currency spot exchange rate on the last
day of the taxable year ending before the
year of change (spot rate).
(d) Step 3A Additional adjustments
that are necessary when a QBU or
section 987 QBU changes functional
currency—(1) QBU changing to a
functional currency other than the
owner’s functional currency—(i) Rule. If
a QBU or section 987 QBU changes to
a functional currency other than the
owner’s functional currency, the owner
and section 987 QBU shall make the
adjustments set forth in either paragraph
(d)(1)(ii) or (d)(1)(iii) of this section for
purposes of section 987.
(ii) Where prior to the change the
section 987 QBU and owner had
different functional currencies. If the
section 987 QBU and the owner had
different functional currencies prior to
the change, the owner and section 987
QBU shall make the following
adjustments in the year of change.
(A) Determining the owner functional
currency net value of the section 987
QBU under § 1.987–4(d)(1)(i)(B)—(1)
Historic items. For purposes of
determining the owner functional
currency net value of the section 987
QBU for the year of change under
§ 1.987–4(d)(1)(i)(B), the owner or
section 987 QBU shall first translate the
section 987 historic items from the
QBU’s old functional currency into its
owner’s functional currency using the
historic exchange rate as defined in
§ 1.987–1(c)(3). The owner or section
987 QBU shall then translate the section
987 historic items as defined in § 1.987–
1(e) from the owner’s functional
currency into the QBU’s new functional
currency using the spot exchange rate
between the section 987 QBU’s new
functional currency and the owner’s
functional currency on the last day of
the taxable year ending before the year
of change.
(2) Marked items. For purposes of
determining the owner functional
currency net value of the section 987
QBU for the year of change under
§ 1.987–4(d)(1)(i)(B), the owner or
section 987 QBU shall translate the
section 987 QBU’s section 987 marked
items as defined in § 1.987–1(d) from
the section 987 QBU’s old functional
currency into the QBU’s new functional
E:\FR\FM\07SEP2.SGM
07SEP2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 / Proposed Rules
currency using the new functional
currency/old functional currency spot
exchange rate on the last day of the
taxable year ending before the year of
change.
(B) Net unrecognized section 987 gain
or loss. No adjustment to the owner’s
net unrecognized section 987 gain or
loss is necessary.
(iii) Where prior to the change the
QBU and the taxpayer had the same
functional currency. If a QBU with the
same functional currency of the
taxpayer is changing to a new functional
currency different from the taxpayer,
and as a result of the change the
taxpayer will be an owner of a section
987 QBU (see § 1.987–1), the taxpayer
and section 987 QBU shall become
subject to section 987 for the year of
change and subsequent years.
(2) Section 987 QBU changing to the
owner’s functional currency. If a section
987 QBU changes its functional
currency to its owner’s functional
currency, the section 987 QBU shall be
treated as if it terminated on the last day
of the taxable year ending before the
year of change. See §§ 1.987–5 and
1.987–8 for the effect of a termination.
(e) Step 3B Additional adjustments
that are necessary when a taxpayer/
owner changes functional currency (1)
Corporations. The amount of a
corporation’s new functional currency
earnings and profits and the amount of
its new functional currency paid-in
capital shall equal the product of the old
functional currency amounts of such
items multiplied by the spot rate. The
foreign income taxes and accumulated
profits or deficits in accumulated profits
of a foreign corporation that were
maintained in foreign currency for
purposes of section 902 and that are
attributable to taxable years of the
foreign corporation beginning before
January 1, 1987, also shall be translated
into the new functional currency at the
spot rate.
(2) Collateral consequences to a
United States shareholder of a
corporation changing to the United
States dollar as its functional currency.
A United States shareholder (within the
meaning of section 951(b) or section
953(c)(1)(A)) of a controlled foreign
corporation (within the meaning of
section 957 or section 953(c)(1)(B))
changing its functional currency to the
dollar shall recognize foreign currency
gain or loss computed under section
986(c) as if all previously taxed earnings
and profits, if any, (including amounts
attributable to pre-1987 taxable years
that were translated from dollars into
functional currency in the foreign
corporation’s first post-1986 taxable
year) were distributed immediately
prior to the change. Such a shareholder
shall also recognize gain or loss
attributable to the corporation’s paid-in
capital to the same extent, if any, that
such gain or loss would be recognized
under the regulations under section
367(b) if the corporation was liquidated
completely.
(3) Taxpayers that are not
corporations. [Reserved].
(4) Adjustments to a section 987
QBU’s balance sheet and net
accumulated unrecognized section 987
gain or loss when an owner changes
functional currency—(i) Owner
changing to a functional currency other
than the section 987 QBU’s functional
currency. If an owner changes to a
functional currency that differs from the
functional currency of its section 987
QBU, the owner shall make the
following adjustments in the year of
change.
(A) Determining the owner functional
currency net value of the section 987
QBU under § 1.987–4(d)(1)(i)(B)—(1)
Historic items. For purposes of
determining the owner functional
currency net value of the section 987
QBU for the year of change under
§ 1.987–4(d)(1)(i)(B), the owner shall
first translate the QBU’s section 987
historic items into the owner’s old
functional currency at the historic
exchange rate as defined in § 1.987–
1(c)(3). The owner shall then translate
the section 987 historic items into its
new functional currency using the new
functional currency/old functional
currency spot rate on the last day of the
taxable year ending before the year of
change.
(2) Marked items. For purposes of
determining the owner functional
currency net value of the section 987
QBU for the year of change under
§ 1.987–4(d)(1)(i)(B), the owner or
section 987 QBU shall translate the
QBU’s section 987 marked items from
the owner’s old functional currency into
the owner’s new functional currency
using the new functional currency/old
functional currency spot exchange rate
on the last day of the taxable year
ending before the year of change.
(B) Translation of net unrecognized
section 987 gain or loss. The owner
shall translate any net unrecognized
section 987 gain or loss determined
under § 1.987–4 from its old functional
currency into its new functional
currency using the new functional
currency/old functional currency spot
exchange rate on the last day of the
taxable year ending before the year of
change.
(ii) Taxpayer with the same functional
currency as its QBU changing to a
different functional currency. If a
taxpayer with the same functional
currency as its QBU changes to a new
functional currency and as a result of
the change the taxpayer will be an
owner of a section 987 QBU (see
§ 1.987–1), the taxpayer and section 987
QBU shall become subject to section 987
for the year of change and subsequent
years.
(iii) Owner changing to the same
functional currency as the section 987
QBU. If an owner changes to the same
functional currency as its section 987
QBU, such section 987 QBU shall be
treated as if it terminated on last day of
the taxable year ending before the year
of change. See §§ 1.987–5 and 1.987–8
for the effect of a termination.
(f) Examples. The provisions of this
section are illustrated by the following
example:
Example. S, a calendar year foreign
corporation, is wholly owned by domestic
corporation P. The Commissioner granted
permission to change S’s functional currency
from the LC to the FC beginning January 1,
1993. The LC/FC exchange rate on December
31, 1992, is 1 LC/2 FC. The following shows
how S must convert the items on its balance
sheet from the LC to the FC.
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSAL2
LC 1 2
Assets:
Cash on hand ...................................................................................................................................................
Accounts Receivable ........................................................................................................................................
Inventory ...........................................................................................................................................................
100,000 FC Bond (100,000 LC historical basis) ..............................................................................................
Fixed assets:
Property ............................................................................................................................................................
Plant ..................................................................................................................................................................
Accumulated Depreciation ........................................................................................................................
Equipment .........................................................................................................................................................
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:24 Sep 06, 2006
Jkt 208001
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
52893
E:\FR\FM\07SEP2.SGM
07SEP2
FC
40,000
10,000
100,000
1 50,000
80,000
20,000
200,000
100,000
200,000
500,000
(200,000)
1,000,000
400,000
1,000,000
(400,000)
2,000,000
52894
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 / Proposed Rules
LC 1 2
FC
Accumulated Depreciation ........................................................................................................................
(400,000)
(800,000)
Total Assets .......................................................................................................................................
Liabilities:
Accounts Payable .............................................................................................................................................
Long-term Liabilities .........................................................................................................................................
Paid-in-Capital ..................................................................................................................................................
Retained Earnings ............................................................................................................................................
1,300,000
2,600,000
50,000
400,000
800,000
2 50,000
100,000
800,000
1,600,000
100,000
Total Liabilities and Equity .................................................................................................................
1,300,000
2,600,000
1 Under
paragraph (b) of this section, S will recognize a 50,000 LC loss (100,000 LC basis—50,000 LC value) on the bond resulting from the
change in functional currency. Thus, immediately before the change, S’s basis in the FC bond (taking into account the loss) is 50,000 LC.
2 The amount of S’s LC retained earnings reflects the 50,000 LC loss on the bond.
(g) Effective date. Generally, this
regulation shall apply to taxable years
beginning one year after the first day of
the first taxable year following the date
of publication of a Treasury decision
adopting this rule as a final regulation
in the Federal Register. If a taxpayer
makes an election under § 1.987–11(b),
then the effective date of this regulation
with respect to the taxpayer shall be
consistent with such election.
Par. 5. Sections 1.987–1 through
1.987–4 and §§ 1.987–6 through 1.987–
11 are added and § 1.987–5 is revised to
read as follows:
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSAL2
§ 1.987–1
rules.
Scope, definitions and special
(a) In general. These regulations
provide rules for determining the
taxable income or loss of a taxpayer
with respect to a section 987 qualified
business unit (section 987 QBU) as
defined in paragraph (b)(2) of this
section. Further, these regulations
provide rules for determining the
timing, amount, character and source of
section 987 gain or loss recognized with
respect to a section 987 QBU. This
section addresses the scope of these
regulations and provides certain
definitions and special rules. Section
1.987–2 provides rules for attributing
assets and liabilities and items of
income, gain, deduction, and loss to an
eligible QBU and a section 987 QBU. It
also provides rules regarding transfers
and the translation of items transferred
to a section 987 QBU. Section 1.987–3
provides rules for determining and
translating the section 987 taxable
income or loss of a taxpayer with
respect to a section 987 QBU. Section
1.987–4 provides rules for determining
net unrecognized section 987 gain or
loss. Section 1.987–5 provides rules
regarding the recognition of section 987
gain or loss. Section 1.987–6 provides
rules regarding the character and source
of section 987 gain or loss. Section
1.987–7 provides rules with respect to
partnerships and rules necessary to
coordinate the provisions of section 987
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:24 Sep 06, 2006
Jkt 208001
with subchapter K. Section 1.987–8
provides rules regarding the termination
of a section 987 QBU. Section 1.987–9
provides rules regarding the
recordkeeping required under section
987. Section 1.987–10 provides
transition rules. Section 1.987–11
provides the effective date of these
regulations.
(b) Scope of section 987 and
definitions—(1) Taxpayers subject to
section 987—(i) In general. Except as
provided in paragraphs (b)(1)(ii) and
(iii) of this section, an individual or
corporation is subject to section 987 if
such person is an owner (as defined in
paragraphs (b)(4) and (5) of this section)
of an eligible QBU (as defined in
paragraph (b)(3) of this section) that is
a section 987 QBU (as defined in
paragraph (b)(2) of this section). Such
individual or corporation, and any
section 987 QBU owned by such person,
must comply with these regulations.
(ii) De minimis rule for certain
indirectly owned section 987 QBUs. An
individual or corporation that owns a
section 987 QBU indirectly through a
section 987 partnership may elect not to
apply these regulations for purposes of
taking into account the section 987 gain
or loss of such section 987 QBU if the
individual or corporation owns, directly
or indirectly, less than five percent of
either the total capital or the total profits
interest in the section 987 partnership
as determined on the date of acquisition
of such interest or on the date such
interest is increased or decreased. For
purposes of this paragraph (b)(1)(ii),
ownership of a capital or profits interest
in a partnership shall be determined in
accordance with the rules for
constructive ownership of stock
provided in section 267(c), other than
section 267(c)(3). See § 1.987–3 for
purposes of determining the section 987
taxable income or loss attributable to
such section 987 QBU.
(iii) Inapplicability to certain entities.
These regulations do not apply to banks,
insurance companies and similar
financial entities (including, solely for
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
purposes of section 987, leasing
companies, finance coordination
centers, regulated investment
companies and real estate investment
trusts). Further, these rules do not apply
to trusts, estates and S corporations.
(2) Definition of a section 987 QBU—
(i) In general. A section 987 QBU is an
eligible QBU, as defined in paragraph
(b)(3) of this section, that has a
functional currency different from its
owner. The functional currency of an
eligible QBU shall be determined under
§ 1.985–1, taking into account all of the
QBU’s activities before the application
of § 1.987–7.
(ii) Section 987 QBU grouping
election—(A) In general. Except as
provided in paragraphs (b)(2)(ii)(B)(1)
through (3) of this section, an owner
may elect pursuant to paragraph (f) of
this section to treat, solely for purposes
of section 987, all section 987 QBUs
with the same functional currency as a
single section 987 QBU.
(B) Special grouping rules for section
987 QBUs owned indirectly through a
partnership—(1) In general. An owner
may elect to treat all section 987 QBUs
with the same functional currency
owned indirectly though a single
section 987 partnership as a single
section 987 QBU.
(2) Election not available to group
section 987 QBUs owned indirectly
through different partnerships. An
owner cannot elect to treat multiple
section 987 QBUs with the same
functional currency as a single section
987 QBU if such QBUs are owned
indirectly through different section 987
partnerships.
(3) Election not available to group
section 987 QBUs owned directly and
indirectly. An owner cannot elect to
treat multiple section 987 QBUs with
the same functional currency owned
directly, and indirectly through a
section 987 partnership, as a single
section 987 QBU.
(3) Definition of an eligible QBU—(i)
In general. The term eligible QBU means
activities of an individual, corporation,
E:\FR\FM\07SEP2.SGM
07SEP2
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSAL2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 / Proposed Rules
partnership, or an entity disregarded as
an entity separate from its owner for
U.S. Federal income tax purposes (DE),
if—
(A) The activities constitute a trade or
business as defined in § 1.989(a)–1(c);
(B) A separate set of books and
records is maintained as defined in
§ 1.989(a)–1(d) with respect to the
activities, and assets and liabilities used
in conducting such activities are
reflected on such books and records
under § 1.987–2(b); and
(C) The activities are not subject to the
Dollar Approximate Separate
Transactions Method (DASTM) rules of
§ 1.985–3.
(ii) Exclusion of DEs and certain
QBUs. A DE itself is not an eligible QBU
(even though a DE may have activities
that qualify as an eligible QBU). In
addition, an eligible QBU shall include
a QBU defined in § 1.989(a)–1(b) only if
the requirements contained in
paragraphs (b)(3)(i)(A) through (C) of
this section are satisfied with respect to
such QBU. Thus, for example, neither a
corporation nor a partnership itself is an
eligible QBU (even though a corporation
and a partnership may have activities
that qualify as an eligible QBU).
(4) Definition of the term ‘‘owner’’.
For purposes of section 987, only an
individual or corporation may be an
owner of an eligible QBU. An individual
or corporation is an owner of an eligible
QBU if—
(i) Direct ownership. The individual
or corporation is the tax owner of the
assets and liabilities of an eligible QBU
as defined in paragraph (b)(3) of this
section; or
(ii) Indirect ownership. In the case of
an individual or corporation that is a
partner in a partnership, the individual
or corporation is allocated, under
§ 1.987–7, all or a portion of the assets
and liabilities of an eligible QBU of such
partnership.
(5) Exception with respect to an
eligible QBU or section 987 QBU of an
owner. The term owner for section 987
purposes does not include an eligible
QBU or a section 987 QBU of an owner.
For example, a section 987 branch, as
defined in paragraph (b)(6)(i) of this
section is not an owner of another
section 987 branch, regardless of its
functional currency.
(6) Other definitions. Solely for
purposes of section 987, the following
definitions shall apply.
(i) Section 987 branch. A section 987
branch is an eligible QBU of an
individual, partnership, DE, or
corporation, all or a portion of which is
a section 987 QBU. Assets and liabilities
of an eligible QBU of a partnership that
are allocated to a partner under § 1.987–
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:24 Sep 06, 2006
Jkt 208001
7 are considered to be a section 987
QBU of such partner, provided such
partner has a functional currency
different from that of such eligible QBU.
(ii) Section 987 partnership. A section
987 partnership is a partnership that has
one or more section 987 branches.
(iii) Section 987 DE. A section 987 DE
is a DE that has one or more section 987
branches.
(7) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the principles of paragraph (b)
of this section. Except as otherwise
provided, the following facts are
assumed for purposes of these
examples. X is a domestic corporation,
has the U.S. dollar as its functional
currency, and uses the calendar year as
its taxable year. Business A and
Business B are eligible QBUs, maintain
books and records that are separate from
the books and records of the entity that
owns such eligible QBUs, and have the
euro and the Japanese yen, respectively,
as their functional currencies. Finally,
DE1 and DE2 are entities that are
disregarded as entities separate from
their owner for U.S. tax purposes, have
no assets or liabilities, and conduct no
activities.
Example 1. (i) Facts. X owns Business A
and the interests in DE1. DE1 maintains a
separate set of books and records that are
kept in British pounds. DE1 owns British
pounds and 100% of the stock of a foreign
corporation, FC. DE1 is liable on a pounddenominated obligation to a lender that was
incurred to acquire the stock of FC. The FC
stock, the pounds, and the liability incurred
to acquire the FC stock are recorded on DE1’s
separate books and records. DE1 has no other
assets or liabilities and conducts no activities
(other than holding the FC stock and
servicing its liability).
(ii) Analysis. (A) Pursuant to paragraph
(b)(4)(i) of this section, X is the direct owner
of Business A because it is the tax owner of
the assets and liabilities of such business.
Because Business A is an eligible QBU with
a functional currency that is different from
the functional currency of its owner, X,
Business A is a section 987 QBU, as defined
in paragraph (b)(2) of this section. As a result,
X and its section 987 QBU, Business A, are
subject to section 987.
(B) Holding the stock of FC and pounds,
and servicing a single liability, does not
constitute a trade or business within the
meaning of § 1.989(a)–1(c). Because the
activities of DE1 do not constitute a trade or
business within the meaning of § 1.989(a)–
1(c), such activities are not an eligible QBU.
In addition, pursuant to paragraph (b)(3)(ii)
of this section, DE1 is not an eligible QBU.
As a result, neither DE1 nor its activities
qualify as a section 987 QBU of X. Therefore,
neither the activities of DE1 nor DE2 are
subject to section 987. For the foreign
currency treatment of payments on DE1’s
pound-denominated liability, see §§ 1.987–
2(b)(4) and 1.988–1(a)(4).
Example 2. (i) Facts. X owns the interests
in DE1. DE1 owns Business A and the
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
52895
interests in DE2. The only activities of DE1
are Business A activities and holding the
interests in DE2. DE2 owns Business B and
Business C. For purposes of this example,
Business B does not maintain books and
records that are separate from its owner, DE2.
Instead, the activities of Business B are
reflected on the books and records of DE2,
which are maintained in Japanese yen. In
addition, Business C has the U.S. dollar as its
functional currency, maintains books and
records that are separate from the books and
records of DE2, and is an eligible QBU.
(ii) Analysis. (A) Pursuant to paragraph
(b)(3)(ii) of this section, DE1 and DE2 are not
eligible QBUs. Pursuant to paragraph (b)(3)(i)
of this section, the Business B and Business
C activities of DE2, and the Business A
activities of DE1, are eligible QBUs.
Moreover, pursuant to paragraph (b)(4) of this
section, DE1 is not the owner of the Business
A, Business B, or Business C eligible QBUs,
and DE2 is not the owner of the Business B
or Business C eligible QBUs. Instead,
pursuant to paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section,
X is the direct owner of the Business A,
Business B, and Business C eligible QBUs.
(B) Because Business A and Business B are
eligible QBUs with functional currencies that
are different than the functional currency of
X, Business A and Business B are section 987
QBUs as defined in paragraph (b)(2) of this
section. Therefore, X, and these QBUs, are
subject to section 987. Under paragraph
(b)(6)(iii) of this section, DE1 and DE2 are
section 987 DEs.
(C) The Business C eligible QBU has the
same functional currency as X. Therefore, the
Business C eligible QBU is not a section 987
QBU. As a result, X is not subject to section
987 with respect to its Business C eligible
QBU.
Example 3. (i) Facts. X owns DE1. DE1
owns Business A and Business B. For
purposes of this example, assume Business B
has the euro as its functional currency.
(ii) Analysis. (A) Pursuant to paragraph
(b)(3)(ii) of this section, DE1 is not an eligible
QBU. Moreover, pursuant to paragraph (b)(4)
of this section, DE1 is not the owner of the
Business A or Business B eligible QBUs.
Instead, pursuant to paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this
section, X is the direct owner of the Business
A and Business B eligible QBUs.
(B) Business A and Business B constitute
two separate eligible QBUs with the euro as
their respective functional currency.
Accordingly, Business A and Business B are
section 987 QBUs of X. X may elect to treat
Business A and Business B as a single section
987 QBU pursuant to paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(A)
of this section. If such election is made,
pursuant to paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section,
X is the direct owner of the Business AB
section 987 QBU that includes the activities
of both the Business A section 987 QBU and
the Business B section 987 QBU. In addition,
pursuant to paragraph (b)(4) of this section,
DE1 is not treated as the owner of the
Business AB section 987 QBU. X, and its AB
section 987 QBU, are subject to section 987.
Under paragraph (b)(6)(iii) of this section,
DE1 is a section 987 DE.
Example 4. (i) Facts. X is a partner in P,
a partnership. FC, a controlled foreign
corporation (as defined in section 957(a)) of
E:\FR\FM\07SEP2.SGM
07SEP2
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSAL2
52896
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 / Proposed Rules
X with the Japanese yen as its functional
currency, is the only other partner in P. P
owns DE1 and Business A. DE1 owns
Business B.
(ii) Analysis. (A) Pursuant to paragraph
(b)(3)(ii) of this section, P and DE1 are not
eligible section 987 QBUs. Moreover,
pursuant to paragraph (b)(4) of this section,
neither P nor DE1 is the owner of the
Business A eligible QBU or the Business B
eligible QBU for section 987 purposes.
Instead, pursuant to paragraph (b)(4)(ii) of
this section, X and FC are indirect owners of
the Business A eligible QBU and the
Business B eligible QBU to the extent they
are allocated assets and liabilities of such
businesses under § 1.987–7. Under
paragraphs (b)(6)(ii) and (iii) of this section,
respectively, P is a section 987 partnership
and DE1 is a section 987 DE.
(B) Because Business A and Business B are
eligible QBUs with a different functional
currency than X, the portions of Business A
and Business B allocated to X under § 1.987–
7 are section 987 QBUs of X. As a result, X
and its section 987 QBUs are subject to
section 987.
(C) Because the Business A eligible QBU
has a different functional currency than FC,
the portion of the Business A eligible QBU
that is allocated to FC under § 1.987–7 is a
section 987 QBU, and FC and its section 987
QBU are subject to section 987. However, the
Business B eligible QBU has the same
functional currency as FC. Therefore, the
portion of the Business B eligible QBU that
is allocated to FC, under § 1.987–7, is not a
section 987 QBU. As a result, FC is not
subject to section 987 with respect to its
Business B eligible QBU.
Example 5. (i) Facts. X owns all of the
interests in DE1. DE1 owns Business A. DE1
owns all of the interests in DE2. DE2 owns
Business B. DE2 owns all of the interests in
DE3, an entity disregarded as an entity
separate from its owner. DE3 owns Business
C, which is an eligible QBU with the Russian
ruble as its functional currency.
(ii) Analysis. Pursuant to (b)(3)(ii) of this
section, DE1, DE2 and DE3 are not eligible
QBUs. Pursuant to paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this
section, the Business A, Business B and
Business C activities are eligible QBUs.
Moreover, pursuant to paragraph (b)(4) of this
section, X is the direct owner of the Business
A, Business B and Business C eligible QBUs.
Pursuant to paragraph (b)(5) of this section,
an eligible QBU is not an owner of another
eligible QBU. Accordingly, the Business A
eligible QBU is not the owner of the Business
B eligible QBU, and the Business B eligible
QBU is not the owner of the Business C
eligible QBU. Since the Business A, Business
B, and Business C eligible QBUs each has a
different functional currency than X, such
eligible QBUs are section 987 QBUs of X. As
a result, X and its section 987 QBUs are
subject to section 987. Under paragraphs
(b)(6)(iii) of this section, DE1, DE2 and DE3
are section 987 DEs.
(c) Exchange rates. Solely for
purposes of section 987, the following
definitions shall apply.
(1) Spot rate—(i) In general. Except as
otherwise provided in this section, the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:24 Sep 06, 2006
Jkt 208001
spot rate means the rate determined
under the principles of § 1.988–1(d)(1),
(2) and (4) on the relevant day.
(ii) Election to use a spot rate
convention—(A) In general. In lieu of
the spot rate determined in paragraph
(c)(1)(i) of this section, an owner may
elect under paragraph (f) of this section
to use a spot rate convention that
reasonably approximates the rate in
paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section. A spot
rate convention may be determined with
respect to a rate at the beginning of a
reasonable period, the end of a
reasonable period, an average of spot
rates for a reasonable period, or by
reference to spot and forward rates for
a reasonable period. For example, in
lieu of the spot rate determined in
paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section, the
spot rate for all transactions during a
monthly period can be determined
pursuant to the following conventions:
the spot rate at the beginning of the
current month or at the end of the
preceding month; the monthly average
of daily spot rates for the current or
preceding month; or an average of the
beginning and ending spot rates for the
current or preceding month. Similarly,
in lieu of the spot rate determined in
paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section, the
spot rate can be determined pursuant to
an average of the spot rate and the 30day forward rate on a day of the
preceding month. Use of a spot rate
convention that is consistent with the
owner’s convention used for financial
accounting purposes is presumed to
reasonably approximate the rate in
paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section. The
Commissioner can rebut this
presumption if use of such a convention
results in a significant distortion of
income or loss under the facts and
circumstances.
(B) Election does not apply with
respect to section 988 transactions. The
election to use a spot rate convention set
forth in paragraph (c)(1)(ii)(A) of this
section does not apply to section 988
transactions of a section 987 QBU.
(2) Yearly average exchange rate.
Notwithstanding § 1.989(b)–1, for
purposes of section 987, the yearly
average exchange rate is a rate
determined by the owner that represents
an average exchange rate for the taxable
year (or, if the section 987 QBU is sold
or terminated prior to the close of the
taxable year, such portion of the taxable
year) computed under any reasonable
method. For example, an owner may
determine the yearly average exchange
rate based on a daily, monthly or
quarterly averaging convention, whether
weighted or unweighted, and may take
into account forward rates for a period
not to exceed three months. The method
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
for determining the yearly average
exchange rate must be consistently
applied by the taxpayer.
(3) Historic exchange rate—(i) In
general. Except as otherwise provided
in these regulations, the historic
exchange rate shall be—
(A) In the case of an asset that is
transferred to a section 987 QBU, the
spot rate as defined in paragraphs
(c)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section on the
day of transfer;
(B) In the case of an asset that is
acquired by a section 987 QBU (other
than by a transfer to a section 987 QBU
described in paragraph (c)(3)(i)(A) of
this section), the spot rate as defined in
paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (ii) of this
section on the day the asset is acquired;
(C) In the case of a liability that is
entered into by a section 987 QBU, the
spot rate as defined in paragraphs
(c)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section on the
day the liability is entered into; and
(D) In the case of a liability that is
transferred to a section 987 QBU, the
spot rate as defined in paragraphs
(c)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section on the
day the liability is transferred.
(ii) Changed functional currency. In
the case of a section 987 QBU that
previously changed its functional
currency, § 1.985–5 shall be taken into
account in determining the historic
exchange rate for an item.
(d) Section 987 marked item. A
section 987 marked item is an asset
(section 987 marked asset) or liability
(section 987 marked liability) that—
(1) Is reflected on the books and
records of a section 987 QBU under
§ 1.987–2(b);
(2) Would be a section 988 transaction
if such item were held or entered into
directly by the owner of the section 987
QBU; and
(3) Is not a section 988 transaction
with respect to the section 987 QBU.
(e) Section 987 historic item—(1) In
general. A section 987 historic item is
an asset (section 987 historic asset) or
liability (section 987 historic liability)
that—
(i) Is reflected on the books and
records of a section 987 QBU under
§ 1.987–2(b); and
(ii) Is not a section 987 marked item
as defined in paragraph (d) of this
section.
(2) Example. The following example
illustrates the application of paragraphs
(d) and (e) of this section:
Example. X is a domestic corporation with
the dollar as its functional currency. X owns
all the interests in UK DE, a section 987 DE
that owns a section 987 branch having the
pound as its functional currency. Items
reflected on the branch’s balance sheet
include £100 of cash, $25 of cash, a building
E:\FR\FM\07SEP2.SGM
07SEP2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 / Proposed Rules
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSAL2
with a basis of £1,000, a truck with a basis
of £75, a computer with a basis of £10, a 60
day receivable for ¥15 and a note payable of
£500. Under paragraph (d) of this section, the
£100 of cash and the £500 note payable are
section 987 marked items. The other items
are section 987 historic items under this
paragraph (e).
(f) Elections—(1) In general. Elections
made under section 987 shall be treated
as methods of accounting and, except as
otherwise provided in this paragraph (f),
are governed by the general rules
concerning changes in methods of
accounting.
(2) Persons making the election—(i) In
general. Except as provided in
paragraphs (f)(2)(ii) and (iii) of this
section, elections regarding section 987
shall be made by the owner as defined
in paragraph (b)(4) of this section.
(ii) Controlled foreign corporations.
Where a section 987 QBU is held by a
controlled foreign corporation, elections
shall be made in accordance with
§§ 1.952–2(c)(2)(iv) and 1.964–1(c) by its
controlling U.S. shareholders.
(iii) Foreign corporations that are not
controlled foreign corporations. Where a
section 987 QBU is held by a foreign
corporation that is not a controlled
foreign corporation, elections shall be
made in accordance with the principles
of § 1.964–1(c) by the majority domestic
corporate shareholders.
(3) When elections must be made. An
election under section 987 must be
made with respect to a section 987 QBU
for the first taxable year in which the
election is relevant in determining the
section 987 taxable income or loss, or
section 987 gain or loss, of the section
987 QBU.
(4) Manner of making elections.
Elections shall be made under section
987 by attaching a statement to the
timely filed tax return of the owner, or
other applicable person, for the first
taxable year in which the owner intends
the election to be effective. The
statement must be dated and titled
‘‘Election(s) Under Section 987,’’ must
indicate the regulation section that
authorizes the election(s), and must
clearly describe the election(s) being
made. Each section 987 election must
remain a part of the books and records
of the taxpayer and be available to the
IRS upon request.
(5) Consent of the Commissioner.
Elections made in accordance with the
rules of this paragraph (f) shall be
considered made with the consent of the
Commissioner.
(6) Failure to make election. If an
owner is permitted to file an election
pursuant to this paragraph (f), but fails
to make such election in a timely
manner, the owner shall be considered
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:24 Sep 06, 2006
Jkt 208001
to have satisfied the timeliness
requirement with respect to such
election if the owner is able to
demonstrate to the Area Director, Field
Examination, Small Business/Self
Employed or the Director, Field
Operations, Large and Mid-Size
Business (Director) having jurisdiction
of the taxpayer’s return for the taxable
year, that such failure was due to
reasonable cause and not willful
neglect. The previous sentence shall
only apply if, once the owner becomes
aware of the failure, the owner attaches
the election, as well as a written
statement setting forth the reasons for
the failure to timely comply, to an
amended income tax return that amends
the return to which the election should
have been attached under the rules of
this paragraph (f). In determining
whether the owner has reasonable
cause, the Director shall consider
whether the taxpayer acted reasonably
and in good faith. Whether the taxpayer
acted reasonably and in good faith will
be determined after considering all the
facts and circumstances. The Director
shall notify the owner in writing within
120 days of the filing if it is determined
that the failure to comply was not due
to reasonable cause, or if additional time
will be needed to make such
determination. If the Director fails to
notify the owner within 120 days of the
filing, the owner shall be considered to
have demonstrated to the Director that
such failure was due to reasonable cause
and not willful neglect.
(7) Revocation of election—(i) In
general. Elections under section 987
cannot be revoked without the consent
of the Commissioner. The
Commissioner will consider allowing
the revocation of an election if the
taxpayer can demonstrate significantly
changed circumstance or such other
circumstances that in the judgment of
the Commissioner clearly demonstrates
a substantial non-tax business reason for
revoking the election.
(ii) Exception in the case of certain
acquisitions. [Reserved].
§ 1.987–2 Attribution of items to a section
987 QBU; the definition of a transfer and
related rules.
(a) Scope and general principles.
Paragraph (b) of this section provides
rules for attributing assets and
liabilities, and items of income, gain,
deduction, and loss, to an eligible QBU
and a section 987 QBU. Assets and
liabilities are attributed to an eligible
QBU, all or a portion of which is a
section 987 QBU for purposes of section
987. Items of income, gain, deduction,
and loss are attributed to an eligible
QBU all or a portion of which is a
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
52897
section 987 QBU for purposes of
computing the section 987 taxable
income of such section 987 QBU, and of
the owner of such section 987 QBU.
Paragraph (c) of this section defines a
transfer for purposes of section 987.
Paragraph (d) of this section provides
translation rules for transfers to a
section 987 QBU.
(b) Attribution of items to an eligible
QBU—(1) General rules. Except as
provided in paragraphs (b)(2) and (3) of
this section, items are attributable to an
eligible QBU to the extent they are
reflected on the separate set of books
and records, as defined in § 1.989(a)–
1(d), of the eligible QBU. For purposes
of this section, the term ‘‘item’’ refers to
assets and liabilities, and items of
income, gain, deduction, and loss. Items
that are attributed to an eligible QBU
pursuant to this section must be
adjusted to conform to U.S. tax
principles as provided in § 1.987–4(e).
These attribution rules apply solely for
purposes of section 987. For example,
the allocation and apportionment of
interest expense under section 864(e) is
independent of the rules under section
987.
(2) Exceptions for non-portfolio stock,
interests in partnerships, and certain
acquisition indebtedness—(i) General
rule. Except as provided in paragraph
(b)(2)(ii) of this section, the following
shall not be considered to be on the
books and records of a an eligible QBU:
(A) Stock of a corporation (whether
domestic or foreign).
(B) An interest in a partnership
(whether domestic or foreign).
(C) A liability that was incurred to
acquire the stock or an interest in a
partnership described in paragraphs
(b)(2)(i)(A) or (B) of this section,
respectively.
(D) Income, gain, deduction, or loss
arising from the items described in
paragraphs (b)(2)(i)(A) through (C) of
this section. For example, a section 951
inclusion with respect to stock of a
foreign corporation that is described in
paragraph (b)(2)(i)(A) of this section
shall not be considered to be on the
books and records of the eligible QBU.
(ii) Portfolio stock. Paragraph
(b)(2)(i)(A) of this section shall not
apply to stock of a corporation (whether
domestic or foreign) reflected on the
books and records, within the meaning
of paragraph (b)(1) of this section, of an
eligible QBU provided the owner of the
eligible QBU owns less than 10 percent
of the total voting power or value of all
classes of stock of such corporation. For
purposes of this paragraph (b)(2)(ii),
section 318(a) shall be applied in
determining ownership, except that in
applying section 318(a)(2)(C), the phrase
E:\FR\FM\07SEP2.SGM
07SEP2
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSAL2
52898
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 / Proposed Rules
‘‘10 percent’’ is used instead of the
phrase ‘‘50 percent.’’
(3) Adjustments to items reflected on
the books and records—(i) General rule.
If a principal purpose of recording (or
failing to record) an item on the books
and records of an eligible QBU is the
avoidance of U.S. tax under section 987,
the Commissioner may allocate any item
between or among the eligible QBU, the
owner of such eligible QBU, and any
other persons, entities (including
disregarded entities), or other QBUs
within the meaning of § 1.989(a)–1(b)
(including eligible QBUs). A transaction
may have such a principal purpose even
though the tax avoidance purpose is
outweighed by other purposes when
taken together. For purposes of this
paragraph (b)(3)(i), relevant factors for
determining whether such U.S. tax
avoidance is a principal purpose of
recording (or failing to record) an item
on the books and records of an eligible
QBU shall include, but are not limited
to, the factors set forth in paragraphs
(b)(3)(ii) and (iii) of this section. The
presence or absence of any factor, or of
a particular number of factors, is not
determinative. Moreover, the weight
given to any factor (whether or not set
forth in paragraphs (b)(3)(ii) and (iii) of
this section) depends on the particular
case.
(ii) Factors indicating no tax
avoidance. For purposes of paragraph
(b)(3)(i) of this section, relevant factors
which may indicate that the recording
(or failing to record) an item on the
books and records of an eligible QBU
does not have as a principal purpose the
avoidance of U.S. tax under section 987
include the recording (or not recording)
of an item:
(A) For a significant and bona fide
business purpose.
(B) In a manner that is consistent with
the economics of the underlying
transaction.
(C) In accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles (or
similar comprehensive body of
professional accounting standards).
(D) In a manner that is consistent with
the treatment of similar items from year
to year.
(E) In accordance with accepted
conditions or practices in the particular
trade or business of the eligible QBU.
(F) In a manner that is consistent with
an explanation of existing internal
accounting policies that is evidenced by
documentation contemporaneous with
the timely filing of a return for the
taxable year.
(G) As a result of a transaction
between legal entities (that is, the
transfer of an asset, or the assumption
of a liability), even if such transaction
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:24 Sep 06, 2006
Jkt 208001
is not regarded for Federal tax purposes
(that is, a transaction between a DE and
its owner).
(iii) Factors indicating tax avoidance.
For purposes of paragraph (b)(3)(i) of
this section, relevant factors which may
indicate that a principal purpose of
recording (or failing to record) an item
on the books and records of an eligible
QBU is the avoidance of U.S. tax under
section 987 are—
(A) The presence or absence of an
item on the books and records that is
disregarded as transitory due to a
circular flow of cash or other property;
(B) The presence or absence of an
item on the books and records that is the
result of one or more transactions that
do not have economic substance;
(C) The presence or absence of an
item on the books and records that
results in the taxpayer (or person related
to the taxpayer as defined in section
267(b) or 707(b)) having offsetting
positions in the functional currency of
a section 987 QBU; and
(D) The absence of any or all of the
factors listed in paragraphs (b)(3)(ii)(A)
through (E) of this section.
(4) Assets and liabilities of a
partnership or DE that are not attributed
to an eligible QBU. Neither a
partnership nor a DE is an eligible QBU
and, thus, cannot be a section 987 QBU.
See § 1.987–1(b)(2) and (3). As a result,
a partnership or DE may own assets and
liabilities that are not attributed to an
eligible QBU (or a section 987 QBU) as
provided under this paragraph (b) and,
therefore, are not subject to section 987.
For the foreign currency treatment of
such assets or liabilities, see § 1.988–
1(a)(4).
(c) Transfers to and from section 987
QBUs—(1) In general. The following
rules apply for purposes of determining
whether there is a transfer of an asset or
a liability from the owner to a section
987 QBU, or from such section 987 QBU
to the owner. These rules apply solely
for purposes of section 987.
(2) Disregarded transactions—(i)
General rule. Solely for purposes of
section 987, an asset or liability shall be
treated as transferred to a section 987
QBU if, as a result of a disregarded
transaction, such asset or liability is
reflected on the books and records of the
section 987 QBU within the meaning of
paragraph (b) of this section. Similarly,
an asset or liability shall be treated as
transferred from a section 987 QBU if,
as a result of a disregarded transaction,
such asset or liability is not reflected on
the books and records of the section 987
QBU within the meaning of paragraph
(b) of this section.
(ii) Definition of a disregarded
transaction. For purposes of this
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
section, the term disregarded
transaction means a transaction that is
not regarded for U.S. Federal tax
purposes. For purposes of this
paragraph (c), a disregarded transaction
shall be treated as including the
recording of an asset or liability on one
set of books and records, if the recording
is the result of such asset or liability
being removed from another set of books
and records of the same person or entity
(including a DE or partnership).
(iii) Items derived from disregarded
transactions ignored. For purposes of
section 987, disregarded transactions
shall not give rise to items of income,
gain, deduction, or loss that must be
taken into account in determining
section 987 taxable income or loss
under § 1.987–3.
(3) Transfers of assets to and from
indirectly owned section 987 QBUs—(i)
Contributions to partnerships. Solely for
purposes of section 987, an asset shall
be treated as transferred to an indirectly
owned section 987 QBU if, and to the
extent, the asset is contributed to the
section 987 partnership that carries on
the section 987 QBU provided that
immediately following such
contribution, the asset is reflected on
the books and records of the section 987
QBU within the meaning of paragraph
(b) of this section. For purposes of this
paragraph (c)(3)(i), deemed
contributions under section 752 shall be
disregarded.
(ii) Distributions from partnerships.
Solely for purposes of section 987, an
asset shall be treated as transferred from
an indirectly owned section 987 QBU if,
and to the extent, the section 987
partnership that carries on the section
987 QBU distributes the asset to a
partner provided that, immediately
prior to such distribution, the asset was
reflected on the books and records of
such section 987 QBU within the
meaning of paragraph (b) of this section.
For purposes of this paragraph (c)(3)(ii),
deemed distributions under section 752
shall be disregarded.
(4) Transfers of liabilities to and from
indirectly owned section 987 QBUs—(i)
Assumptions of partner liabilities.
Solely for purposes of section 987, a
liability shall be treated as transferred to
an indirectly owned section 987 QBU if,
and to the extent, the section 987
partnership assumes such liability,
provided that immediately following
such assumption, the liability is
reflected on the books and records of the
section 987 QBU within the meaning of
paragraph (b) of this section.
(ii) Assumptions of partnership
liabilities. Solely for purposes of section
987, a liability shall be treated as
transferred from an indirectly owned
E:\FR\FM\07SEP2.SGM
07SEP2
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSAL2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 / Proposed Rules
section 987 QBU if, and to the extent,
the owner assumes such liability of the
section 987 partnership provided that
immediately prior to such assumption,
the liability was reflected on the books
and records of the section 987 QBU
within the meaning of paragraph (b) of
this section.
(5) Acquisitions and dispositions of
interests in DEs and partnerships.
Solely for purposes of section 987, an
asset or liability shall be treated as
transferred to a section 987 QBU if, as
a result of an acquisition (including by
contribution) or disposition of an
interest in a section 987 partnership or
section 987 DE, such asset or liability is
reflected on the books and records of the
section 987 QBU. Similarly, an asset or
liability shall be treated as transferred
from a section 987 QBU if, as a result
of an acquisition or disposition of an
interest in a section 987 partnership or
section 987 DE, the asset or liability is
not reflected on the books and records
of the section 987 QBU.
(6) Changes in form of ownership. For
purposes of this paragraph (c), mere
changes in form of ownership of an
eligible QBU shall not result in a
transfer to or from a section 987 QBU.
Instead, the determination of whether a
transfer has occurred in such case shall
be made under paragraph (c)(5) of this
section. For example, a transaction with
respect to an eligible QBU that causes a
direct owner of the eligible QBU to
become an indirect owner of such
eligible QBU, shall not, except to the
extent provided in paragraph (c)(5) of
this section, result in a transfer to or
from a section 987 QBU. See for
example, Rev. Rul. 99–5 (1999–1 CB
434), Rev. Rul. 99–6 (1999–1 CB 432),
see § 601.601(d)(2) of this chapter, and
section 708 and the applicable
regulations.
(7) Application of general tax law
principles. General tax law principles,
including the circular cash flow, steptransaction, and substance-over-form
doctrines, apply for purposes of
determining whether there is a transfer
of an asset or liability under this
paragraph (c).
(8) Interaction with § 1.988–1(a)(10).
See § 1.988–1(a)(10) for rules regarding
the treatment of an intra-taxpayer
transfer of a section 988 transaction.
(9) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the principles of this
paragraph (c). For purposes of these
examples, it is assumed that X and Y are
domestic corporations, have the dollar
as their functional currency, and use the
calendar year as their taxable year. It is
also assumed that Business A and
Business B are eligible QBUs, maintain
books and records that are separate from
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:24 Sep 06, 2006
Jkt 208001
the books and records of the entity that
owns such eligible QBUs, and have the
euro and the yen, respectively, as their
functional currencies. Finally, it is
assumed that DE1 and DE2 are entities
that are disregarded as entities separate
from their owner for U.S. tax purposes.
For purposes of determining whether
any of the transfers in these examples
result in remittances, see § 1.987–5.
Example 1. Transfer to a directly owned
section 987 QBU. (i) Facts. X owns 100
percent of the interests in DE1. DE1 owns
Business A. X owns £100 that are not
reflected on the books and records of
Business A. Business A is in need of
additional capital and, as a result, X loans the
£100 to DE1 (to be used in Business A) in
exchange for a note.
(ii) Analysis. (A) The loan from X to DE1
is not regarded for U.S. federal tax purposes
and therefore is a disregarded transaction. As
a result, the Business A note held by X, and
the liability of DE1 under the note, are not
taken into account under this section.
However, the £100 of cash that was loaned
from X to DE1 (and used in Business A)
pursuant to the note must be taken into
account under this paragraph (c).
(B) The loan of ÷100 from X to DE1 is a
disregarded transaction and, as a result of
such disregarded transaction, the ÷100 is
reflected on the books and records of
Business A. Therefore, there has been a
transfer of ÷100 from X to Business A. See
§ 1.988–1(a)(10)(ii) for the application of
section 988 to X as a result of the loan.
Example 2. Transfer to a directly owned
section 987 QBU. (i) Facts. X owns Business
A and Business B. X owns equipment that is
used in Business A and is reflected on the
books and records of Business A. Because
Business A has excess manufacturing
capacity and X intends to expand the
manufacturing capacity of Business B, the
equipment formerly used in Business A
discontinues being used in Business A and
begins being used in Business B. As a result
of such equipment being used by Business B,
the equipment is removed from the books
and records of Business A, and is recorded
on the books and records of Business B.
(ii) Analysis. As a result of Business B
using the equipment formerly used by
Business A, the equipment ceases to be
reflected on the books and records of
Business A, and becomes reflected on the
books and records of Business B. As a result,
such entries constitute a disregarded
transaction. Therefore, there has been a
transfer of the equipment from the Business
A section 987 QBU to X, and a transfer by
X of such equipment to the Business B
section 987 QBU.
Example 3. Intercompany sale of property
between two section 987 QBUs. (i) Facts. X
owns DE1 and DE2. DE1 and DE2 own
Business A and Business B, respectively. DE1
owns equipment that is used in Business A
and is reflected on the books and records of
Business A. For business reasons, DE1 sells
a portion of the equipment used in Business
A to DE2 for cash. The cash used by DE2 to
acquire the equipment was generated by
Business B and was reflected on Business B’s
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
52899
books and records. Following the sale, the
cash and equipment will be used in Business
A and Business B, respectively. As a result
of such sale, the equipment is removed from
the books and records of Business A, and is
recorded on the books and records of
Business B. Similarly, as a result of the sale,
the cash is removed from the books and
records of Business B, and is recorded on the
books and records of Business A.
(ii) Analysis. (A) The sale of equipment
between DE1 and DE2 is not regarded for
Federal tax purposes and therefore is a
disregarded transaction. As a result, such sale
is not taken into account under this section
and does not give rise to an item of income,
gain, deduction or loss pursuant to paragraph
(c)(2)(iii) of this section. However, the cash
and equipment exchanged by DE1 and DE2
in connection with the sale must be taken
into account under this paragraph (c).
(B) The sale of the equipment is a
disregarded transaction and, as a result of
such disregarded transaction, the equipment
ceases to be reflected on the books and
records of Business A, and becomes reflected
on the books and records of Business B.
Therefore, there has been a transfer of the
equipment from DE1’s Business A section
987 QBU owned by X to X, and a subsequent
transfer of such equipment from X to DE2’s
Business B section 987 QBU, owned by X.
(C) As a result of the sale of equipment
(that is, the disregarded transaction), the cash
proceeds cease to be reflected on the books
and records of Business B, and become
reflected on the books and records of
Business A. Therefore, there has been a
transfer of the cash from DE2’s Business B
section 987 QBU owned by X to X, and a
subsequent transfer of such cash from X to
DE1’s Business A section 987 QBU, owned
by X.
Example 4. Transactions between directly
and indirectly owned section 987 QBUs. (i)
Facts. X owns 50% of the interest in P, a
partnership. Y owns the other 50% interest
in P. P owns 100% of the interests in DE1
and DE2. DE1 owns Business A and DE2
owns Business B. X and Y each have a 50%
allocable share of the assets and liabilities of
Business A and Business B, as determined
under § 1.987–7, that constitute section 987
QBUs. In connection with Business A, DE1
licenses intangible property to both DE2 and
X. X enters into the license agreement in a
transaction other than in its capacity as a
partner of P and, therefore, the license is
considered as occurring between P and one
who is not a partner within the meaning of
section 707(a). DE2 uses the intangible
property in Business B. Pursuant to the
license agreement, X and DE2 pay a ÷30 and
÷50 royalty, respectively, to DE1.
(ii) Analysis. (A) The license from DE2 to
DE1 is not regarded for U.S. tax purposes
and, as a result, royalty payments under the
license are disregarded transactions. Thus,
neither the payment nor the receipt of the
royalty pursuant to the license agreement
gives rise to an item of income, gain,
deduction or loss pursuant to paragraph
(c)(2)(iii) of this section. However, the ÷50 of
cash that is paid from DE2 to DE1 pursuant
to the license agreement must be taken into
account under this paragraph (c).
E:\FR\FM\07SEP2.SGM
07SEP2
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSAL2
52900
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 / Proposed Rules
(B) As a result of the royalty payment from
DE2 to DE1, ÷50 ceases being reflected on the
books and records of Business B, and
becomes reflected on the books and records
of Business A. Accordingly, there has been a
transfer of ÷25 from the Business B section
987 QBUs of X and Y, to X and Y,
respectively. Similarly, there has been a
transfer of ÷25 from X and Y to their
respective Business A section 987 QBUs.
(C) The ÷30 royalty payment from X to DE1
is not a disregarded transaction because it is
regarded for U.S. Federal tax purposes. As a
result, it gives rise to an item of income and
deduction that must be taken into account in
computing taxable income or loss of Business
A pursuant to § 1.987–3. In addition, the
payment does not give rise to a transfer as
defined in this paragraph (c).
Example 5. Acquisition of an interest in a
partnership. (i) Facts. X owns 50% of the
interest in P, a partnership. Y owns the other
50% interest in P. P owns Business A. X and
Y each have a 50% allocable share of the
assets and liabilities of Business A as
determined under § 1.987–7, that constitute
section 987 QBUs. On December 31, year 1,
Z, a domestic corporation with the dollar as
its functional currency, contributes cash to P
in exchange for a 20% interest in P. The cash
Z contributes to P is not used in Business A
and is not reflected on Business A’s books
and records (but is instead reflected on P’s
books and records). Immediately after Z’s
contribution of cash to P, Z has a 20%
allocable share of the assets and liabilities of
Business A as determined under § 1.987–7. In
addition, immediately following such
contribution X and Y each own a 40%
interest in P and have a 40% allocable share
of the assets and liabilities of Business A, as
determined under § 1.987–7, that constitute
section 987 QBUs.
(ii) Analysis. (A) As a result of Z’s
acquisition of an interest in P, a section 987
partnership, 10% of the assets and liabilities
of Business A ceased being reflected on the
books and records of both X’s and Y’s section
987 QBUs. As a result, such amounts are
treated as if they are transferred from such
section 987 QBUs to X and Y.
(B) As a result of Z’s acquisition of the
interest in P, a section 987 partnership, Z was
allocated 20% of the assets and liabilities of
Business A. Because Z and Business A have
different functional currencies, Z’s portion of
the Business A assets and liabilities
constitutes a section 987 QBU. Moreover,
20% of the assets and liabilities of Business
A are reflected on the books and records of
Z’s section 987 QBU as a result of Z’s
acquisition of the interest in P. Therefore,
20% of the assets and liabilities of Business
A are treated as transferred from Z to Z’s
section 987 QBU.
Example 6. Conversion of a DE to a
partnership through a sale of an interest. (i)
Facts. X owns 100% of the interests in DE1.
DE1 owns Business A. On December 31, year
1, Y acquires 50% of the DE1 interests from
X for cash. Immediately after such
acquisition, Y has a 50% allocable share of
the assets and liabilities of Business A as
determined under § 1.987–7.
(ii) Analysis. (A) For Federal tax purposes
DE1 is converted to a partnership when Y
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:24 Sep 06, 2006
Jkt 208001
purchases the 50% interest in DE1. Y’s
purchase of 50% of X’s interest in DE1 is
treated as the purchase of 50% of Business
A, which is treated as held directly by X for
Federal tax purposes. Immediately after the
deemed purchase of 50% of Business A, X
and Y are treated as contributing their
respective interests in Business A to a
partnership. See Rev. Rul. 99–5 (situation 1),
(1999–1 CB 434). See § 601.601(d)(2) of this
chapter. For purposes of this paragraph (c),
these deemed transactions are not taken into
account.
(B) As a result of Y’s acquisition of 50%
of X’s interest in DE1, a section 987 DE, 50%
of the assets and liabilities of Business A
ceased being reflected on the books and
records of X’s section 987 QBU. As a result,
such amounts are treated as if they are
transferred from X’s section 987 QBU to X.
(C) As a result of Y’s acquisition of 50%
of the interest in DE1, a section 987 DE, Y
was allocated 50% of the assets and
liabilities of Business A. Because Y and
Business A have different functional
currencies, Y’s portion of the Business A
assets and liabilities constitutes a section 987
QBU. Moreover, 50% of the assets and
liabilities of Business A are reflected on the
books and records of Y’s section 987 QBU as
a result of Y’s acquisition of the 50% interest
in DE1. Therefore, 50% of the assets and
liabilities of Business A are treated as
transferred by Y to Y’s section 987 QBU.
Example 7. Conversion of a DE to a
partnership through a contribution. (i) Facts.
X owns 100% of the interests in DE1. DE1
owns Business A. On December 31, year 1,
Y contributes property to DE1 in exchange
for an interest in DE1. The property
transferred by Y to DE1 is used in Business
A and is reflected on the books and records
of Business A. Immediately after such
contribution, X and Y each have a 50%
allocable share of the assets and liabilities of
Business A as determined under § 1.987–7.
(ii) Analysis. (A) For Federal tax purposes
DE1 is converted to a partnership when Y
contributes property to DE1 in exchange for
a 50% interest in DE1. Y’s contribution is
treated as a contribution to a partnership in
exchange for an ownership interest in the
partnership. X is treated as contributing all
of Business A to the partnership in exchange
for a partnership interest. See Rev. Rul. 99–
5 (situation 2), (1999–1 CB 434). See
§ 601.601(d)(2) of this chapter. For purposes
of this paragraph (c), these deemed
transactions are not taken into account.
(B) As a result of Y’s acquisition of a 50%
interest in DE1, 50% of the assets and
liabilities of Business A ceased being
reflected on the books and records of X’s
section 987 QBU, and 50% of the assets
contributed by Y to DE1 are reflected on the
books and records of such section 987 QBU.
As a result, 50% of the Business A assets are
treated as if they are transferred from X’s
section 987 QBU to X. Further, 50% of the
assets contributed by Y to DE1 are treated as
if they are transferred by X to X’s section 987
QBU.
(C) Because Y and Business A have
different functional currencies, Y’s portion of
the Business A assets and liabilities
(including the property contributed by Y that
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
is used in Business A) constitutes a section
987 QBU. As a result of Y’s acquisition of a
50% interest in DE1, 50% of the assets and
liabilities of Business A are reflected on the
books and records of Y’s section 987 QBU
and, therefore, are treated as if they are
transferred by Y to such section 987 QBU.
Example 8. Termination of a partnership
under section 708(b). (i) Facts. X owns 60%
of the interest in P, a partnership. Y owns the
other 40% interest in P. P owns Business A.
X and Y have a 60% and 40% allocable share
of the assets and liabilities of Business A,
respectively, as determined under § 1.987–7,
that constitute section 987 QBUs. On
December 31, year 1, X sells a 50% interest
in P to Y. After such sale, X and Y own 10%
and 90%, respectively, in P. In addition, after
such sale, X and Y have a 10% and 90%
allocable share of the assets and liabilities of
Business A, respectively, as determined
under § 1.987–7.
(ii) Analysis. (A) X’s sale of 50% of the
interests in P to Y causes P to terminate
pursuant to section 708(b). As a result of
such termination, P is treated as if it
contributes all of its assets and liabilities to
a new partnership in exchange for an interest
in the new partnership; and, immediately
thereafter, P distributes 10% and 90% of the
interests in the new partnership to X and Y,
respectively, in liquidation of P. See § 1.708–
1(b)(4). For purposes of this paragraph (c),
these deemed transactions are not taken into
account.
(B) As a result of Y’s acquisition of a 50%
interest in P from X, 50% of the assets and
liabilities of Business A ceased being
reflected on the books and records of X’s
section 987 QBU and become reflected on the
books and records of Y’s section 987 QBU.
As a result, 50% of the Business A assets are
treated as if they are transferred from X’s
section 987 QBU to X. Further, 50% of the
Business A assets are treated as if they are
transferred by Y to Y’s section 987 QBU.
Example 9. Transfer of section 987 QBU to
a partnership. (i) Facts. X owns Business A.
On December 31, year 1, X and Y form P, a
partnership. X transfers Business A to P in
exchange for a 50% interest in P. Y transfers
property to P in exchange for the other 50%
interest in P. The property Y transfers to P
is not used in Business A and is not reflected
on the books and records of Business A (but
is instead reflected on the books and records
of P). After the formation of P, Business A
continues to be an eligible QBU. In addition,
after the formation of P, X and Y each have
a 50% allocable share of the assets and
liabilities of Business A, respectively, as
determined under § 1.987–7.
(ii) Analysis. As a result of X contributing
Business A to P, 50% of the assets and
liabilities of Business A ceased being
reflected on the books and records of X’s
section 987 QBU, and became reflected on
the books and records of Y’s section 987
QBU. As a result, 50% of the Business A
assets are treated as if they are transferred
from X’s section 987 QBU to X. Further, 50%
of the Business A assets are treated as if they
are transferred from Y to Y’s section 987
QBU.
Example 10. Contribution of assets to a
corporation. (i) Facts. X owns Business A. On
E:\FR\FM\07SEP2.SGM
07SEP2
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSAL2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 / Proposed Rules
December 31, year 1, X forms Z, a domestic
corporation. X and Z do not file a
consolidated tax return. X contributes 50% of
its Business A assets and liabilities to Z in
exchange for 100% of the stock of Z. The Z
stock is recorded on the books and records
of Business A. After the contribution, X
continues to operate Business A, and
Business A continues to maintain separate
books and records from X.
(ii) Analysis. Even though the Z stock is
recorded on the books and records of
Business A, it is not reflected on the books
and records for purposes of section 987
pursuant to paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
As a result, there has been a transfer of 50%
of the assets and liabilities of Business A to
X, and a subsequent transfer of such assets
and liabilities to Z. The answer would be the
same even if X and Z filed a consolidated
return.
Example 11. Transfers pursuant to general
tax principles. (i) Facts. X owns 100 percent
of the stock of Y. Y owns 100 percent of the
interests in DE1. DE1 owns Business A. X
owns ÷100. Because Business A is in need of
additional capital, X transfers the ÷100 to Y
as a contribution to capital and, as a result
of such transfer, Business A records ÷100 on
its separate books and records. Y did not
record the ÷100 on its separate books and
records.
(ii) Analysis. As a result of the contribution
of ÷100 from X to Y, the ÷100 is reflected on
the books and records of Business A.
Pursuant to paragraph (c)(7) of this section,
the ÷100 is treated as if it was transferred first
from X to Y. Therefore, the ÷100 recorded on
the books and records of Business A is
treated as a transfer from Y to Business A,
even though there was no transaction
between Y and Business A. See also § 1.988–
1(a)(10)(ii) for the application of section 988
to Y as a result of the transaction.
Example 12. Circular transfers. (i) Facts. X
owns Business A. On December 30, year 1,
Business A purports to transfer ÷100 to X. On
January 2, year 2, X purports to transfer ÷50
to Business A. On January 4, year 2, X
purports to transfer another ÷50 to Business
A. As of the end of year 1, X has an
unrecognized section 987 loss with respect to
Business A, such that a remittance, if
respected, would result in recognition of a
foreign currency loss under section 987.
(ii) Analysis. Because the transfers by
Business A are offset by a transfer from X that
occurred in close temporal proximity,
pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section, the
IRS will scrutinize the transaction and may
disregard the purported transfers to and from
Business A for purposes of section 987.
Example 13. Transfers without economic
substance. (i) Facts. X owns Business A and
Business B. On January 1, year 1, Business
A purports to transfer ÷100 to X. On January
4, year 1, X purports to transfer ÷100 to
Business B. The account in which Business
B deposited the ÷100 is used to pay the
operating expenses and other costs of
Business A. As of the end of year 1, X has
an unrecognized section 987 loss with
respect to Business A, such that a remittance,
if respected, would result in recognition of a
foreign currency loss under section 987.
(ii) Analysis. Because Business A continues
to have use of the transferred property,
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:24 Sep 06, 2006
Jkt 208001
pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section, the
IRS will scrutinize the transaction and may
disregard the ÷100 purported transfer from
Business A to X for purposes of section 987.
Example 14. Offsetting positions in section
987 QBUs. (i) Facts. X owns Business A and
Business B. Business A and Business B each
has the euro as its functional currency. X has
not made a grouping election under § 1.987–
1(b)(2)(ii). On January 1, year 1, X borrowed
÷1,000 from a third party lender, recorded
the liability with respect to the borrowing on
the books and records of Business A, and
recorded the ÷1,000 of borrowed cash on the
books and records of Business B. On
December 31, year 2, when Business A has
$100 of net unrecognized section 987 loss
and Business B has $100 of net unrecognized
section 987 gain resulting from the change in
exchange rates with respect to the liability
and the ÷1,000 cash, X terminates the
Business A section 987 QBU.
(ii) Analysis. Because Business A and
Business B have offsetting positions in the
euro, the IRS will scrutinize the transaction
to determine if a principal purpose of
recording the euro-denominated liability and
the borrowed euros on the books and records
of Business A and Business B, respectively,
was the avoidance of tax under section 987.
If such a principal purpose is present, the
Commissioner may reallocate the items (that
is, the euros and the euro-denominated
liability) between Business A, Business B,
and X, to reflect the economic substance of
the transaction.
Example 15. Offsetting positions with
respect to a section 987 QBU and a section
988 transaction. (i) Facts. X owns DE1, and
DE1 owns Business A. On January 1, year 1,
X borrows ÷1,000 from a third party lender
and records the liability with respect to the
borrowing on its books and records. X
contributes the ÷1,000 loan proceeds to DE1
and the ÷1,000 are reflected on the books and
records of Business A. On December 31, year
2, when Business A has $100 of net
unrecognized section 987 loss resulting from
the ÷1,000 cash received from the borrowing,
and the euro-denominated borrowing, if
repaid, would result in $100 of gain under
section 988, X terminates the Business A
section 987 QBU.
(ii) Analysis. Because X and Business A
have offsetting positions in the euro, the
Internal Revenue Service will scrutinize the
transaction to determine whether a principal
purpose of recording the borrowed euros on
the books and records of Business A, or not
recording the corresponding eurodenominated liability on the books and
records of Business A, was the avoidance of
tax under section 987. If such a principal
purpose is present, the Commissioner may
reallocate the items (that is, the euros and the
euro-denominated liability) between
Business A and X to reflect the economic
substance of the transaction.
(d) Translation of items transferred to
a section 987 QBU—(1) In general—(i)
Assets. Except as otherwise provided in
this section, the adjusted basis of an
asset transferred to a section 987 QBU
shall be translated into the section 987
QBU’s functional currency at the spot
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
52901
rate as defined in § 1.987–1(c)(1)(i) and
(ii) on the day of transfer. If the asset
transferred is denominated in (or
determined by reference to) the
functional currency of the section 987
QBU (for example, cash or note
denominated in the functional currency
of the section 987 QBU), no translation
is required.
(ii) Liabilities. Except as otherwise
provided in this section, a liability of
the owner that is transferred to a section
987 QBU, shall be translated into the
section 987 QBU’s functional currency
at the spot rate (as defined in § 1.987–
1(c)(1)(i) and (ii)) on the day of transfer.
If the liability transferred is
denominated in (or determined by
reference to) the functional currency of
the section 987 QBU, no translation is
required.
(2) Items denominated in the owner’s
functional currency. Transactions
described in section 988(c)(1)(i) and (ii)
and section 988(c)(1)(C) that are
denominated in (or determined by
reference to) the owner’s functional
currency and that are attributable to a
section 987 QBU under paragraph (b) of
this section, shall not be translated and
shall be carried on the balance sheet
described in § 1.987–4(e) in the owner’s
functional currency.
§ 1.987–3 Determination of section 987
taxable income or loss of an owner of a
section 987 QBU.
(a) Determination of the section 987
taxable income or loss of an owner of a
section 987 QBU. Except as otherwise
provided in this section, the section 987
taxable income or loss of an owner with
respect to a section 987 QBU shall be
determined in accordance with
paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this
section.
(1) In general—(i) Determination of
each item of income, gain, deduction or
loss in the section 987 QBU’s functional
currency. Except as otherwise provided
in this section, the section 987 QBU
shall determine each item of income,
gain, deduction or loss attributable to
such QBU under § 1.987–2(b) in its
functional currency under U.S. tax
principles.
(ii) Translation of items into the
owner’s functional currency. The owner
shall translate each item determined
under this paragraph (a)(1) into its
functional currency as provided in
paragraph (b) of this section.
(2) Determination in the case of a
section 987 QBU owned indirectly
through a partnership—(i) In general.
Except as otherwise provided in this
paragraph (a)(2), the taxable income or
loss of a section 987 partnership, and
the distributive share of any owner that
E:\FR\FM\07SEP2.SGM
07SEP2
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSAL2
52902
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 / Proposed Rules
is a partner in such partnership, shall be
determined in accordance with the
provisions of subchapter K of this
chapter.
(ii) Determination of each item of
income, gain, deduction or loss in the
eligible QBU’s functional currency.
Except as otherwise provided in this
section, the section 987 partnership
shall determine each item of income,
gain, deduction or loss reflected on the
books and records of each of its eligible
QBUs under § 1.987–2(b) in the
functional currency of each such QBU.
(iii) Allocation of items of income,
gain, deduction or loss of an eligible
QBU. The section 987 partnership shall
allocate the items of income, gain,
deduction or loss of each eligible QBU
among its partners in accordance with
each partner’s distributive share of such
income, gain, deduction, or loss as
determined under subchapter K of this
chapter.
(iv) Translation of items into the
owner’s functional currency. To the
extent such items are reflected on the
books and records of a section 987 QBU
of a partner to whom they are allocated,
the partner shall adjust the items to
conform to U.S. tax principles and
translate the items into the partner’s
functional currency as provided in
paragraph (b) of this section.
(b) Exchange rates to be used in
translating items of income, gain,
deduction or loss of a section 987 QBU
into the owner’s functional currency—
(1) In general. Except as otherwise
provided in this section, the exchange
rate to be used by an owner in
translating an item of income, gain,
deduction, or loss of a section 987 QBU
as determined in § 1.987–2(b) into the
owner’s functional currency shall be the
yearly average exchange rate as defined
in § 1.987–1(c)(2) for the taxable year.
Alternatively, the owner may elect
under § 1.987–1(f) to use the spot rate as
defined in § 1.987–1(c)(1)(i) and (ii) for
the day each item is properly taken into
account.
(2) Exceptions—(i) Depreciation,
depletion, and amortization deductions.
The exchange rate to be used by the
owner in translating deductions
allowable with respect to section 987
historic assets (as defined in § 1.987–
1(e)) for depreciation, depletion, and
amortization under the pertinent
provisions of the Code shall be the
historic exchange rate as determined
under § 1.987–1(c)(3) for the property to
which such deductions are attributable.
(ii) Gain or loss from the sale of
property. In the case of gain or loss
recognized on a sale or other disposition
of property that is reflected on the books
and records of a section 987 QBU during
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:24 Sep 06, 2006
Jkt 208001
the taxable year, the following exchange
rates shall apply with respect to such
sale or other disposition:
(A) Amount realized—(1) In general.
Except as otherwise provided in
paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(A)(2), the exchange
rate to be used in translating the amount
realized of such property shall be the
rate provided in paragraph (b)(1) of this
section for the taxable year.
(2) Certain section 987 marked assets.
In the case of a section 987 marked asset
(other than cash) that was held on the
first day of the taxable year, the
exchange rate to be used in translating
the amount realized shall be the rate
used for such asset in determining the
owner functional currency net value of
the section 987 QBU under § 1.987–
4(d)(1)(i)(B) for the preceding taxable
year. However, in the case of a section
987 marked asset (other than cash)
transferred to the section 987 QBU or
acquired by the section 987 QBU during
the taxable year, the exchange rate to be
used in translating the amount realized
shall be the spot rate, as defined in
§ 1.987–1(c)(1)(i) and (ii), for the day
transferred or acquired.
(B) Adjusted basis—(1) In general.
Except as otherwise provided in
paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(B)(2), the exchange
rate to be used in translating the
adjusted basis of such property shall be
the historic exchange rate as determined
under § 1.987–1(c)(3) for such asset.
(2) Certain section 987 marked assets.
In the case of a section 987 marked asset
(other than cash) that was held on the
first day of the taxable year, the
exchange rate to be used in translating
its adjusted basis shall be the rate used
for such asset in determining the owner
functional currency net value of the
section 987 QBU under § 1.987–
4(d)(1)(i)(B) for the preceding taxable
year. However, in the case of a section
987 marked asset (other than cash)
transferred to the section 987 QBU or
acquired by the section 987 QBU during
the taxable year, the exchange rate to be
used in translating the adjusted basis of
such asset shall be the spot rate, as
defined in § 1.987–1(c)(1)(i) and (ii), for
the day transferred or acquired.
(3) Gain or loss on the sale, exchange
or other disposition of an interest in a
section 987 partnership. For purposes of
determining the adjusted basis of a
partner’s interest in a section 987
partnership and computing gain or loss
recognized on the sale, exchange or
other disposition of such interest, see
§ 1.987–7.
(c) Items of income, gain, deduction
or loss that are denominated in the
functional currency of the owner. An
item of income, gain, deduction or loss
attributable to a section 987 QBU under
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
§ 1.987–2(b) that is denominated in (or
determined by reference to) the owner’s
functional currency shall not be
translated and shall be taken into
account by the section 987 QBU under
U.S. tax principles in the owner’s
functional currency.
(d) Items of income, gain, deduction
or loss that are denominated in a
nonfunctional currency (other than the
functional currency of the owner). An
item of income, gain, deduction or loss
attributable to a section 987 QBU under
§ 1.987–2(b) that is denominated in (or
determined by reference to) a
nonfunctional currency (other than the
owner’s functional currency) shall be
translated into the section 987 QBU’s
functional currency at the spot rate as
defined in § 1.987–1(c)(1)(i) and (ii) on
the day such item is properly taken into
account.
(e) Section 988 transactions—(1) In
general. Except as provided in
paragraph (e)(2) of this section, section
988 shall apply to the section 988
transactions attributable to a section 987
QBU under § 1.987–2(b), and the timing
of any gain or loss shall be determined
under the applicable provisions of the
Internal Revenue Code. Such
transactions are section 987 historic
items as defined in § 1.987–1(e).
(2) Certain transactions denominated
in (or determined by reference to) the
owner’s functional currency are not
section 988 transactions. Transactions
described in section 988(c)(1)(A)(i) and
(ii) and section 988(c)(1)(C) that are
denominated in (or determined by
reference to) the owner’s functional
currency and that are attributable to a
section 987 QBU under § 1.987–2(b)
shall not be treated as section 988
transactions to such QBU. Thus, no
currency gain or loss shall be recognized
by a section 987 QBU under section 988
with respect to such items.
(f) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the application of this section:
Example 1. (i) U.S. Corp is a domestic
corporation with the dollar as its functional
currency. U.S. Corp owns French DE, a
section 987 DE that has a section 987 branch
with the euro as its functional currency. For
purposes of paragraph (b)(1) of this section,
U.S. Corp uses the yearly average exchange
rate under § 1.987–1(c)(2) to translate items
of income, gain, deduction or loss where
such rate is appropriate. U.S. Corp also
properly elects to use a spot rate convention
under § 1.987–1(c)(1)(ii) where the spot rate
is otherwise required. Under this convention,
items booked during a particular month are
translated at the average of the spot rates on
the first and last day of the preceding month
(the ‘‘convention rate’’). Accordingly, gross
sales income is translated at the yearly
average exchange rate and under paragraph
(b)(2)(ii)(B) of this section the basis of assets
E:\FR\FM\07SEP2.SGM
07SEP2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 / Proposed Rules
acquired during a month is translated into
dollars at the convention rate. Assume that
the yearly average exchange rate for 2009 is
÷1 = $1.05. For the taxable year 2009, French
DE sells 1,200 units of inventory for a sales
price of ÷3 per unit. Assume that the
52903
purchase price for each inventory unit is
÷1.50. Thus, French DE’s dollar gross sales
will be computed as follows:
GROSS SALES
Month
# of units
÷/$ 2009 ave.
exchange rate
÷
$
100
200
0
200
100
0
100
100
0
0
100
300
300
600
0
600
300
0
300
300
0
0
300
900
÷1=$1.05
÷1=$1.05
÷1=$1.05
÷1=$1.05
÷1=$1.05
÷1=$1.05
÷1=$1.05
÷1=$1.05
÷1=$1.05
÷1=$1.05
÷1=$1.05
÷1=$1.05
315
630
0
630
315
0
315
315
0
0
315
945
1,200
Jan ...................................................................................................................
Feb ...................................................................................................................
March ...............................................................................................................
April ..................................................................................................................
May ..................................................................................................................
June .................................................................................................................
July ...................................................................................................................
Aug ...................................................................................................................
Sept ..................................................................................................................
Oct ...................................................................................................................
Nov ...................................................................................................................
Dec ...................................................................................................................
3,600
........................
3,780
OPENING INVENTORY AND PURCHASES
Month
# of units
÷/$ convention
exchange rate
÷
$
Opening inventory from 2008 ..........................................................................
Purchases:
Jan ............................................................................................................
Feb ............................................................................................................
March ........................................................................................................
April ...........................................................................................................
May ...........................................................................................................
June ..........................................................................................................
July ...........................................................................................................
Aug ...........................................................................................................
Sept ..........................................................................................................
Oct ............................................................................................................
Nov ...........................................................................................................
Dec ...........................................................................................................
100
150
÷1=$1.00
150
300
0
0
300
0
0
300
0
0
0
300
0
450
0
0
450
0
0
450
0
0
0
450
0
÷1=$1.00
÷1=$1.05
÷1=$1.03
÷1=$1.02
÷1=$1.04
÷1=$1.05
÷1=$1.06
÷1=$1.05
÷1=$1.06
÷1=$1.07
÷1=$1.08
÷1=$1.08
450
0
0
459
0
0
477
0
0
0
486
0
Total Purchases ................................................................................
1,200
1,800
........................
1,872
(ii) French DE uses a first in first out
method of accounting for inventory (FIFO).
Thus, for 2009, French DE is considered to
have sold the 100 units of opening inventory
($150), the 300 units purchased in January
($450), the 300 units purchased in April
($459), the 300 units purchased in July ($477)
and 200 of the 300 units purchased in
November ($324). Thus, French DE’s cost of
goods sold is $1,860. French DE’s opening
inventory for 2010 is 100 units of inventory
with a dollar basis of $162.
(iii) Accordingly, for purposes of section
987 French DE has gross income in dollars
of $1,920 ($3,780–$1,860).
Example 2. (i) The facts are the same as in
Example 1 except that for purposes of
paragraph (b)(1) of this section, U.S. Corp
properly elects to use a spot rate convention
under § 1.987–1(c)(1)(ii) to translate items of
income, gain, deduction or loss where such
rate is appropriate. Thus, French DE’s dollar
gross sales will be computed as follows:
GROSS SALES
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSAL2
Sales
# of units
Jan ...................................................................................................................
Feb ...................................................................................................................
March ...............................................................................................................
April ..................................................................................................................
May ..................................................................................................................
June .................................................................................................................
July ...................................................................................................................
Aug ...................................................................................................................
Sept ..................................................................................................................
Oct ...................................................................................................................
Nov ...................................................................................................................
Dec ...................................................................................................................
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:24 Sep 06, 2006
Jkt 208001
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
÷/$ convention
exchange rate
÷
100
200
0
200
100
0
100
100
0
0
100
300
E:\FR\FM\07SEP2.SGM
300
600
0
600
300
0
300
300
0
0
300
900
07SEP2
÷1=$1.00
÷1=$1.05
÷1=$1.03
÷1=$1.02
÷1=$1.04
÷1=$1.05
÷1=$1.06
÷1=$1.05
÷1=$1.06
÷1=$1.07
÷1=$1.08
÷1=$1.08
$
300
630
0
612
312
0
318
315
0
0
324
972
52904
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 / Proposed Rules
GROSS SALES—Continued
Sales
# of units
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSAL2
1,200
(ii) As in Example 1, French DE’s cost of
goods sold is $1,860.
(iii) Accordingly, for purposes of section
987 French DE has gross income in dollars
of $1,923 ($3,783¥$1,860).
Example 3. The facts are the same as in
Example 1 except that French DE sold raw
land on November 1, 2009 for ÷10,000. The
yearly average rate for 2009 was ÷1=$1.05.
The land was purchased on October 16, 2007
for ÷8,000 when the convention rate was
÷1=$1.00. Under paragraph (a)(1) of this
section, French DE will determine the
amount realized and basis in euros. Under
paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section, the
amount realized is translated into dollars at
the yearly average exchange rate for 2009 as
provided in paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(A) of this
section (÷10,000 × $1.05 = $10,500) and the
basis at the convention rate for 2007 as
provided in paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(B) of this
section and § 1.987–1(c)(3) ÷8,000 × $1 =
$8,000). Accordingly, the amount of gain
reported by U.S. Corp on the sale of the land
is $2,500 ($10,500¥$8,000).
Example 4. The facts are the same as in
Example 3 except that U.S. Corp properly
elects under paragraph (b)(1) of this section
to use the spot rate to translate items of
income, gain, deduction or loss. Accordingly,
the amount realized will be translated at the
convention rate on the day of sale. Assume
that the convention rate for November 2009
is ÷1 = $1.08. Under these facts, the amount
realized is $10,800 (÷10,000 × $1.08) and the
basis on the day of purchase $8,000 (÷8,000
× $1.00). The amount of gain reported by U.S.
Corp on the sale of the land is $2,800
($10,800 ¥$8,000).
Example 5. The facts are the same as in
Example 1 except that on September 15,
2009, French DE provides services to an
unrelated customer and receives a cash
payment of ÷2,000 on that day. Under
paragraph (b)(1) of this section, U.S. Corp
translates the ÷2,000 item of income into
dollars at the yearly average exchange rate of
÷1 = $1.05. Accordingly, U.S. Corp will
report income of $2,100 from providing
services.
Example 6. The facts are the same as in
Example 5 except that U.S. Corp properly
elects under paragraph (b)(1) of this section
to use the spot rate to translate items of
income, gain, deduction or loss. Assume that
the convention rate for September 2009 is ÷1
= $1.06. Under these facts, U.S. Corp
translates the ÷2,000 item of income into
dollars at the convention rate of ÷1 = $1.06.
Accordingly, U.S. Corp will report income of
$2,120 from providing services.
Example 7. The facts are the same as in
Example 1 except that on March 31, 2009,
French DE incurs ÷500 of rental expense,
÷300 of salary expense and ÷100 of utilities
expense. Under paragraph (b)(1) of this
section, U.S. Corp translates these items of
expense at the yearly average exchange rate
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:24 Sep 06, 2006
Jkt 208001
of ÷1 = $1.05. Accordingly the expenses are
translated as follows: rental expense of $525,
salary expense of $315 and utilities expense
of $105.
Example 8. The facts are the same as in
Example 7 except that U.S. Corp properly
elects under paragraph (b)(1) of this section
to use the spot rate to translate items of
income and expense. Assume that the
convention rate for March 2009 is ÷1 = $1.03.
Under these facts, U.S. Corp translates the
÷500 of rental expense, ÷300 of salary
expense and ÷100 of utilities expense at the
convention rate of ÷1 = $1.03. Accordingly,
the expenses are translated as follows: rental
expense of $515, salary expense of $309 and
utilities expense of $103.
Example 9. The facts are the same as in
Example 1 except that during 2009, French
DE incurred ÷100 of depreciation expense
with respect to a truck. The truck was
purchased on January 15, 2008, when the
convention rate was ÷1 = $1.02. Under
paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, the ÷100 of
depreciation is translated into dollars at the
historic exchange rate. Since U.S. Corp has
properly elected to use a spot rate
convention, depreciation will be translated in
accordance with the convention.
Accordingly, U.S. Corp translates the ÷100 of
depreciation to equal $102.
Example 10. (i) The facts are the same as
in Example 1 except that on January 12,
2009, French DE performed services for a
U.K. person and received £10,000 in
compensation. The exchange rate on January
12, 2009, was £1 = ÷1.25. Under paragraph
(d) of this section, French DE will translate
such income into euros at the spot rate on
January 12, 2009. Accordingly, French DE
will take into account ÷12,500 of income
from services in 2009. Under paragraph (b)(1)
of this section, U.S. Corp translates the
÷12,500 item of income into dollars at the
yearly average euro to dollar exchange rate.
Assume that such exchange rate is ÷1 =
$1.10. Accordingly, U.S. Corp translates the
÷12,500 income from services to equal
$13,750.
(ii) On October 16, 2009, French DE
disposes of the £10,000 for ÷10,000. Under
section 988(c)(1)(C), the disposition is a
section 988 transaction. Under § 1.988–
2(a)(2), French DE will realize a loss of
÷2,500 (÷10,000 amount realized less
÷12,500 basis). Under paragraph (b)(1) of this
section, U.S. Corp translates the ÷2,500 loss
into dollars at the yearly average euro to
dollar exchange rate. Assume that such
exchange rate is ÷1 = $1.05. Accordingly,
U.S. Corp translates the ÷2,500 section 988
loss to equal $2,625.
§ 1.987–4 Determination of net
unrecognized section 987 gain or loss of a
section 987 QBU.
(a) In general. The net unrecognized
section 987 gain or loss of a section 987
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
÷/$ convention
exchange rate
÷
3,600
........................
$
3,783
QBU shall be determined by the owner
annually as provided in paragraph (b) of
this section in the owner’s functional
currency. Only assets and liabilities
reflected on the books and records of the
section 987 QBU under § 1.987–2(b)
shall be taken into account.
(b) Calculation of net unrecognized
section 987 gain or loss of a section 987
QBU. Net unrecognized section 987 gain
or loss of a section 987 QBU for a
taxable year shall equal the sum of—
(1) The section 987 QBU’s net
accumulated unrecognized section 987
gain or loss for all prior taxable years to
which these regulations apply as
determined in paragraph (c) of this
section; and
(2) The section 987 QBU’s
unrecognized section 987 gain or loss
for the current taxable year as
determined in paragraph (d) of this
section.
(c) Net accumulated unrecognized
section 987 gain or loss for all prior
taxable years. A section 987 QBU’s net
accumulated unrecognized section 987
gain or loss for all prior taxable years is
the aggregate of the amounts determined
under paragraph (d) of this section for
all prior years to which these
regulations apply, reduced by the
amounts taken into account under
§ 1.987–5 upon a remittance for all such
prior taxable years. This amount shall
include amounts appropriately
considered as net unrecognized
exchange gain or loss under the
transition rules of § 1.987–10.
(d) Calculation of unrecognized
section 987 gain or loss of a section 987
QBU for a taxable year. The
unrecognized section 987 gain or loss of
a section 987 QBU for a taxable year
shall be determined under paragraphs
(d)(1) through (7) of this section as
follows:
(1) Step 1: Determine the change in
the owner functional currency net value
of the section 987 QBU for the taxable
year ¥(i) In general. The change in the
owner functional currency net value of
the section 987 QBU for the taxable year
shall equal—
(A) The owner functional currency
net value of the section 987 QBU,
determined in the functional currency
of the owner under paragraph (e) of this
section, on the last day of the current
taxable year; less
E:\FR\FM\07SEP2.SGM
07SEP2
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSAL2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 / Proposed Rules
(B) The owner functional currency net
value of the section 987 QBU,
determined in the functional currency
of the owner under paragraph (e) of this
section on the last day of the preceding
taxable year. This amount shall be zero
in the case of the QBU’s first taxable
year.
(ii) Year section 987 QBU is
terminated. If a section 987 QBU is
terminated under the rules of § 1.987–8
during an owner’s taxable year, the
owner functional currency net value of
the section 987 QBU as provided in
paragraph (d)(1)(i)(A) of this section
shall be determined on the day the
section 987 QBU is terminated.
(2) Step 2: Increase the aggregate
amount determined in step 1 by the
assets transferred from the section 987
QBU to its owner–(i) In general. The
aggregate amount determined in
paragraph (d)(1) of this section shall be
increased by the total amount of assets
described in paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this
section transferred from the section 987
QBU to the owner during the taxable
year translated into the owner’s
functional currency as provided in
paragraph (d)(2)(iii) of this section.
(ii) Assets transferred from the section
987 QBU to the owner during the
taxable year. The assets transferred from
the section 987 QBU to the owner for
the taxable year shall equal the
aggregate of—
(A) The amount of the section 987
QBU’s functional currency and the
adjusted basis of any section 987
marked asset (as defined in § 1.987–
1(d)) transferred from the section 987
QBU to the owner during the taxable
year determined in the functional
currency of the section 987 QBU and
translated into the owner’s functional
currency as provided in paragraph
(d)(2)(iii)(A) of this section; and
(B) The adjusted basis of any section
987 historic asset (as defined in § 1.987–
1(e)) transferred to the owner during the
taxable year determined in the
functional currency of the section 987
QBU and translated into the owner’s
functional currency as provided in
paragraph (d)(2)(iii)(B) of this section.
Such amount shall be adjusted to take
into account the proper translation of
depreciation, depletion and
amortization as provided in § 1.987–
3(b)(2)(i).
(iii) Translation of amounts
transferred from the section 987 QBU to
the owner. In the case of a transfer from
the section 987 QBU to an owner of any
asset the following exchange rates shall
be used:
(A) In the case of an amount described
in paragraph (d)(2)(ii)(A) of this section,
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:24 Sep 06, 2006
Jkt 208001
the spot exchange rate, as defined in
§ 1.987–1(c)(1), on the day of transfer.
(B) In the case of a transfer of a
section 987 historic asset, the historic
exchange rate for such asset as defined
in § 1.987–1(c)(3).
(3) Step 3: Decrease the aggregate
amount determined in steps 1 and 2 by
the owner’s transfers to the section 987
QBU—(i) In general. The aggregate
amount determined in paragraphs (d)(1)
and (d)(2) of this section shall be
decreased by the total amount of assets
transferred from the owner to the
section 987 QBU during the taxable year
determined in the functional currency
of the owner as provided in paragraph
(d)(3)(ii) of this section.
(ii) Total of all amounts transferred
from the owner to the section 987 QBU
during the taxable year. The total
amount of assets transferred from the
owner to the section 987 QBU for the
taxable year shall equal the aggregate
of—
(A) The total amount of functional
currency of the owner transferred to the
section 987 QBU during the taxable
year; and
(B) The adjusted basis, determined in
the functional currency of the owner, of
any asset transferred to the section 987
QBU during the taxable year (after
taking into account § 1.988–1(a)(10)).
(4) Step 4: Decrease the aggregate
amount determined in steps 1 through
3 by the amount of liabilities transferred
from the section 987 QBU to the owner.
The aggregate amount determined in
paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(3) of this
section shall be decreased by the
aggregate amount of liabilities
transferred from the section 987 QBU to
the owner. The amount of such
liabilities shall be translated into the
functional currency of the owner at the
spot exchange rate, as defined in
§ 1.987–1(c)(1), on the day of transfer.
(5) Step 5: Increase the aggregate
amount determined in steps 1 through
4 by amount of liabilities transferred
from the owner to the section 987 QBU.
The aggregate amount determined in
paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(4) of this
section shall be increased by the
aggregate amount of liabilities
transferred by the owner to the section
987 QBU. The amount of such liabilities
shall be translated into the functional
currency of the owner, if required, at the
spot exchange rate, as defined in
§ 1.987–1(c)(1)(i) and (ii), on the day of
transfer.
(6) Step 6: Increase the aggregate
amount determined in steps 1 through
5 by the section 987 taxable loss of the
section 987 QBU for the taxable year. In
the case of a section 987 taxable loss of
the section 987 QBU computed under
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
52905
§ 1.987–3 for the taxable year, the
aggregate amount determined in
paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(5) of this
section shall be increased by such
section 987 taxable loss.
(7) Step 7: Decrease the aggregate
amount determined in steps 1 through
5 by the section 987 taxable income of
the section 987 QBU for the taxable
year. In the case of section 987 taxable
income of the section 987 QBU
computed under § 1.987–3 for the
taxable year, the aggregate amount
determined in paragraphs (d)(1) through
(d)(5) of this section shall be decreased
by such section 987 taxable income.
(e) Determination of the owner
functional currency net value of a
section 987 QBU—(1) In general. The
owner functional currency net value of
a section 987 QBU on the last day of a
taxable year shall equal the aggregate
amount of the QBU’s functional
currency and the basis of each asset on
the section 987 QBU’s balance sheet on
that day, less the aggregate amount of
each liability on the section 987 QBU’s
balance sheet on that day translated, if
necessary, into the owner’s functional
currency as provided in paragraph (e)(2)
of this section. Such amount shall be
determined as follows:
(i) The owner, or section 987 QBU on
behalf of the owner, shall prepare a
balance sheet for the relevant date from
the section 987 QBU’s books and
records (within the meaning of
§ 1.989(a)–1(d)) as recorded in the
section 987 QBU’s functional currency
showing all assets and liabilities
reflected on such books and records as
provided in § 1.987–2(b). Assets and
liabilities denominated in the functional
currency of the owner shall be reflected
on the balance sheet in the owner’s
functional currency.
(ii) The owner, or section 987 QBU on
behalf of the owner, shall make
adjustments necessary to conform the
items reflected on the balance sheet
described in paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this
section to United States generally
accepted accounting principles and tax
accounting principles.
(iii) The owner, or section 987 QBU
on behalf of the owner, shall translate
the asset and liability amounts on the
adjusted balance sheet described in
paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this section into
the functional currency of the owner in
accordance with paragraph (e)(2) of this
section. Assets and liabilities
denominated in the functional currency
of the owner are not translated.
(2) Translation of balance sheet items
into the owner’s functional currency.
The amount of the section 987 QBU’s
functional currency, the basis of an
asset, or the amount of a liability (other
E:\FR\FM\07SEP2.SGM
07SEP2
52906
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 / Proposed Rules
than an asset or liability reflected on the
balance sheet in the functional currency
of the owner) shall be translated as
follows:
(i) Section 987 marked item. A section
987 marked item as defined in § 1.987–
1(d) shall be translated into the owner’s
functional currency at the spot exchange
rate as defined in § 1.987–1(c)(1)(i) and
(ii) on the last day of the taxable year.
(ii) Section 987 historic item. A
section 987 historic item as defined in
§ 1.987–1(e) shall be translated into the
owner’s functional currency at the
historic exchange rate as defined in
§ 1.987–1(c)(3).
(f) Examples. The provisions of this
section are illustrated by the following
examples. Unless otherwise indicated,
all items are assumed to be reflected on
the books and records, within the
meaning of § 1.987–2(b), of the relevant
section 987 QBU.
Example 1. (i) U.S. Corp is a calendar year
domestic corporation with the dollar as its
functional currency. On July 1, 2009, U.S.
Corp establishes Japan Branch that has the
yen as its functional currency. Japan Branch
is a section 987 QBU of U.S. Corp. U.S. Corp
properly elects to use a spot rate convention
under § 1.987–1(c)(1)(ii) with respect to Japan
Branch. Under this convention, the spot rate
for any transaction occurring during a month
is the spot rate on the first day of the month.
U.S. Corp also elects under § 1.987–3(b)(1) to
use this convention to translate items of
income, gain, deduction, or loss into dollars.
On July 1, 2009, when $1 = ¥100 (or ¥1 =
$0.01), U.S. Corp transfers $1,000 to Japan
Branch and raw land with a basis of $500.
Japan Branch immediately purchases
¥100,000 with the $1,000. On the same day,
Japan Branch borrows ¥10,000. Assume that
for the taxable year 2009, Japan Branch earns
¥2,000 per month (total of ¥12,000 for the six
month period from July 1, 2009, through
December 31, 2009) for providing services
and incurs ¥333.33 per month (total of ¥2,000
when rounded for the six month period from
July 1, 2009, through December 31, 2009) of
related expenses. Assume that all items of
income earned and expenses incurred by
Japan Branch during 2009 are received and
paid, respectively, in yen. Further, assume
that the ¥12,000 of income when properly
translated under the monthly convention
equals $109.08 and that the ¥2,000 of related
expenses equal $18.18. Thus, Japan Branch’s
income translated into dollars equals $90.90.
Assume that the spot exchange rate on the
December 1, 2009, is $1 = ¥120 (¥1 =
$0.00833).
(ii) Under paragraph (a) of this section,
U.S. Corp must compute the net
unrecognized section 987 gain or loss of
Japan Branch for 2009. Since this is Japan
Branch’s first taxable year, the net
unrecognized section 987 gain or loss as
defined under paragraph (b) of this section is
the branch’s unrecognized section 987 gain
or loss for 2009 as determined in paragraph
(d) of this section. The calculation under
paragraph (d) of this section is made as
follows:
(iii) Step 1. Under paragraph (d) of this
section, U.S. Corp must determine the change
in the owner functional currency net value of
Japan Branch for the year 2009 in dollars.
The change in the owner functional currency
net value of Japan Branch for 2009 is equal
to the owner functional currency net value of
Amount in ¥
Asset
Cash ...........................................................................
4 120,000
Land ...........................................................................
Japan Branch determined in dollars on the
last day of 2009, less the owner functional
currency net value of Japan Branch
determined in dollars on the last day of the
preceding taxable year.
(A) The owner functional currency net
value of Japan Branch determined in dollars
on the last day of the current taxable year is
determined under paragraph (e) of this
section. Such amount is the aggregate of the
basis of each asset on Japan Branch’s balance
sheet on December 31, 2009, less the
aggregate of the amount of each liability on
the Japan Branch’s balance sheet on that day,
translated into dollars as provided in
paragraph (e)(2) of this section.
(B) For this purpose, Japan Branch will
show the following assets and liabilities on
its balance sheet for December 31, 2009:
(1) Cash of ¥120,000 [($1,000 transferred
and immediately converted to ¥100,000) +
¥10,000 borrowed + ¥12,000 income from
services ¥ ¥2,000 of expenses].
(2) Raw land with a basis of ¥50,000.
(3) Liabilities of ¥10,000.
(C) Under paragraph (e)(2) of this section,
U.S. Corp will translate these items as
follows. The cash of ¥120,000 is a section 987
marked asset and the ¥10,000 liability is a
section 987 marked liability as defined in
§ 1.987–1(d). These items are translated into
dollars on December 31, 2009, using the spot
rate on December 1, 2009 of ¥1 =$ 0.00833.
The raw land is a section 987 historic asset
as defined in § 1.987–1(e) and is translated
into the dollars at the convention rate for the
day of transfer (¥1 = $0.01). Thus, the owner
functional currency net value of Japan
Branch on December 31, 2009, in dollars is
$1,416.60 determined as follows:
Translation rate
Amount in $
500.00
Total assets ........................................................
Liability:
Bank Loan ..................................................................
....................
...........................................................................................
1,499.60
10,000
12/01/09 spot convention rate on 12/31/09 of ¥1 =
$0.00833.
83.30
Total liabilities .....................................................
Owner functional currency net value of Japan Branch on
December 31, 2009 in dollars.
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSAL2
50,000
12/01/09 spot convention rate on 12/31/09 of
¥1=$0.00833.
Historic rate on 7/1/09 of ¥1=$0.01 .................................
....................
....................
...........................................................................................
...........................................................................................
83.30
1,416.30
(D) Under paragraph (d)(1) of this section,
the change in owner functional currency net
value of Japan Branch for 2009 is equal to the
owner functional currency net value of the
branch determined in dollars on December
31, 2009 ($1,416.30) less the owner
functional currency net value of the branch
determined in dollars on the last day of the
preceding taxable year. Since this is the first
taxable year of Japan Branch, the owner
functional currency net value of Japan
Branch determined in dollars on the last day
of the preceding taxable year is zero under
paragraph (d)(1)(i)(B) of this section.
Accordingly, the change in owner functional
currency net value of Japan Branch for 2009
is $1,416.30.
(iv) Step 2. Under paragraph (d)(2) of this
section, the aggregate amount determined in
paragraph (d)(1) of this section (step 1) is
increased by the total amount of assets
described in paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this
section transferred from the section 987 QBU
to the owner during the taxable year
translated into the owner’s functional
currency as provided in paragraph (d)(2)(iii)
of this section. Since no such amounts were
transferred under these facts, there is no
change in the $1,416.30 determined in step
1.
(v) Step 3. Under paragraph (d)(3) of this
section, the aggregate amount determined in
paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of this section (steps
1–2) is decreased by the total amount of
assets transferred from the owner to the
section 987 QBU during the taxable year as
determined in paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of this
section in dollars. On July 1, 2009, U.S. Corp
transferred to Japan Branch $1,000 (which
Japan Branch immediately converted into
¥100,000) and raw land with a basis of $500
(equal to ¥50,000 on the day of transfer).
4 Opening cash of ¥100,000 + ¥10,000 borrowed
+ ¥12,000 income from services ¥ ¥2,000 expenses.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:17 Sep 06, 2006
Jkt 208001
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
999.60
E:\FR\FM\07SEP2.SGM
07SEP2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 / Proposed Rules
Thus, the step 2 amount of $1,416.30 is
reduced by $1,500.00 to equal ($83.70).
(vi) Steps 4, 5 and 6. Since no liabilities
were transferred by U.S. Corp to Japan
Branch or vice versa, the amount determined
after applying paragraphs (d)(1) through
(d)(5) of this section is ($83.70). Further,
paragraph (d)(6) of this section does not
apply since Japan Branch does not have a
section 987 taxable loss.
(vii) Step 7. Under paragraph (d)(7) of this
section, the aggregate amount determined
after applying paragraphs (d)(1) through
(d)(5) of this section (steps 1–5) is decreased
by the section 987 taxable income of Japan
Branch of $90.90. Accordingly, the
unrecognized section 987 loss of Japan
Branch for 2009 is $174.60
(¥$83.70¥$90.90).
Example 2. (i) U.S. Corp, a calendar year
domestic corporation with the dollar as its
functional currency, operates in the United
Assets
Kingdom through UK Branch. UK Branch has
the pound as its functional currency and is
a section 987 QBU. U.S. Corp properly elects
to use a spot rate convention under § 1.987–
1(c)(1)(ii). Under this convention, the spot
rate for any transaction occurring during a
month is the average of the pound spot rate
and the 30-day forward rate for pounds on
the next-to-last Thursday of the preceding
month. Pursuant to § 1.987–3(b)(1), U.S. Corp
uses the yearly average exchange rate as
defined in § 1.987–1(c)(2) to translate items
of income, gain, deduction, or loss into
dollars for the taxable year, where
appropriate. The yearly average exchange
rate for 2009 was £1 = $1.05. The closing
balance sheet of UK Branch for the prior year
(2008) reflected the following assets and
liabilities. With respect to assets, UK Branch
held—
(A) Cash of £100;
Amount in £
52907
(B) Plant purchased in May 2007 with an
adjusted basis of £1000;
(C) A machine purchased in May 2007
with an adjusted basis of £200;
(D) Inventory of 100 units manufactured in
December 2008 with a basis of £100;
(E) Portfolio stock (as defined in § 1.987–
2(b)(2)(ii)) in ABC Corporation purchased in
September 2008 with a basis of £158; and
(F) $50 acquired in 2008 (and held in a
non-interest bearing account).
With respect to liabilities, UK Branch has
£50 of long-term debt entered into in 2007
with F Bank, an unrelated bank. The plant,
machine, inventory, stock and dollars are
section 987 historic assets as defined in
§ 1.987–1(e). The cash of £100 and long-term
debt are section 987 marked items as defined
under § 1.987–1(d). Assume the U.S. Corp
translated UK Branch’s 2008 closing balance
sheet as follows:
Translation Rate
Amount in $
Cash ............................................
Plant ............................................
Machine .......................................
Stock ...........................................
Inventory ......................................
Dollars .........................................
100
1,000
200
158
100
$50
Spot convention rate in Dec. 2008 £1 = $1 ...................................................
Historic rate-2007 May convention rate £1= $0.90 ........................................
Historic rate-2007 May convention rate £1= $0.90 ........................................
Historic rate-2008 Sept. convention rate £1= $.95 ........................................
Historic rate-2008 Dec. convention rate £1 = $1 ...........................................
Dollars are not translated ...............................................................................
100.00
900.00
180.00
150.00
100.00
50.00
Total assets ..........................
Liabilities:
Bank Loan ...................................
....................
.........................................................................................................................
1,480.00
£50
Spot convention rate in Dec. 2008 £1 = $1 ...................................................
50.00
Total liabilities ......................
2008 ending owner functional currency net value (in dollars).
....................
....................
.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
50.00
1,430
(ii) UK Branch uses the first in first out
method of accounting for inventory. In 2009,
UK Branch sold 100 units of inventory for a
total of £300 and purchased another 100
units of inventory in December 2009 for
£100. Assume that the dollar basis of the
inventory purchased in December 2009 when
Item
translated at the December 2009 monthly
convention rate is $110; that depreciation
with respect to the plant is £33 and for the
machine £405; and that UK Branch incurred
£30 of business expenses during 2009.
Assume all items of income earned and
expenses incurred during 2009 are received
Amount in £
Gross receipts ............................
Less:
COGS ..................................
and paid, respectively, in pounds. The yearly
average exchange rate for 2009 is £1 = $1.05.
Under § 1.987–3, UK Branch’s section 987
taxable income or loss is determined as
follows:
Translation Rate
Amount in $
300
2009 yearly ave. rate £1 = $1.05 ...........................................................................
315.00
(100)
Historic rate-Dec. 2008 convention rate £1= $1 ....................................................
(100.00)
200
.................................................................................................................................
215.00
(33)
(40)
(30)
Historic rate-May 2007 convention rate £1= $0.90 ................................................
Historic rate-May 2007 convention rate £1= $0.90 ................................................
2009 yearly ave. rate £1 = $1.05 ...........................................................................
(29.70)
(36.00)
(31.50)
Total expenses .............
Section 987 taxable income .......
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSAL2
Gross income ...............
Dep:
Plant ....................................
Machine ...............................
Other expenses ..........................
....................
....................
.................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
97.20
117.80
Accordingly, UK Branch has $117.80 of
section 987 taxable income.
(iii) Assume that in December 2009, UK
Branch transferred $20 and £30 to U.S. Corp
and that U.S. Corp transferred a computer
with a basis of $10 to UK Branch. The
convention exchange rate for December 2009
is £1 = $1.10. Finally, assume that U.S.
Corp’s net accumulated unrecognized section
987 gain or loss for all prior taxable years as
determined in paragraph (c) of this section is
$30.
(iv) The unrecognized section 987 gain or
loss of UK Branch for 2009 is determined as
follows:
(A) Step 1: Determine the change in owner
functional currency net value of UK Branch.
Under paragraph (d)(1) of this section, the
5 The depreciation assumptions are for illustrative
purposes only and may not be consistent with true
depreciation rates.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:24 Sep 06, 2006
Jkt 208001
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\07SEP2.SGM
07SEP2
52908
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 / Proposed Rules
change in owner functional currency net
value for the taxable year must be
determined. This amount is equal to the
owner functional currency net value of UK
Asset
Branch determined under paragraph (e) of
this section on the last day of 2009, less the
owner functional currency net value of UK
Branch determined on the last day of 2008.
Amount in £
6 240
Cash ...................................................
Plant ...................................................
Machine ..............................................
Inventory .............................................
Computer ............................................
Stock ...................................................
Dollars ................................................
The owner functional currency net value of
UK Branch on December 31, 2009, and the
change in owner functional currency net
value is determined as follows:
Translation rate
Amount in $
100
9
158
9 $ 30
Spot convention rate in Dec. 2009 £1 = $1.10 ..............................................
Historic rate-May 2007 convention rate £1 = $0.90 .......................................
Historic rate-May 2007 convention rate £1 = $0.90 .......................................
Historic rate—Dec. 2009 convention rate £1 = $1.10 ....................................
Historic rate—Dec. 2009 convention rate £1 = $1.10 ....................................
Historic rate—Sept. 2008 convention rate £1 = $.95 .....................................
Dollars are not translated ...............................................................................
264.00
870.30
144.00
110.00
10.00
150.00
30.00
Total assets .................................
Liability:
Bank Loan ...................................
....................
.........................................................................................................................
1,578.30
£50
Spot convention rate in Dec. 2009 £1 = $1.10 ..............................................
55.00
Total liabilities ..............................
2009 ending owner functional currency net value (in dollars).
Less: 2008 ending owner functional
currency net value (in dollars).
....................
....................
.........................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................
55.00
1,523.30
....................
.........................................................................................................................
($1,430.00)
Change in owner functional currency
net value.
....................
.........................................................................................................................
93.30
7 967
8160
(B) Step 2: Increase the aggregate amount
described in step 1 by each owner’s share of
assets transferred by the section 987 QBU to
its owners. Under paragraph (d)(2) of this
section, the aggregate amount determined in
Asset
step 1 must be increased by the total amount
of assets described in paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of
this section transferred from UK Branch to
U.S. Corp during the taxable year, translated
into U.S. Corp’s functional currency as
Amount in £
provided in paragraph (d)(2)(iii) of this
section. The amount of assets transferred
from UK Branch to U.S. Corp during 2009 is
determined as follows:
Translation rate
Amount in $
£30 currency ........................
$20 currency ........................
30
$20
Spot convention rate in Dec. 2009 £1 = $1.10 .............................................................
Dollars are not translated ..............................................................................................
33.00
20.00
Total ..............................
....................
........................................................................................................................................
53.00
(C) Step 3: Decrease the aggregate amount
described in steps 1 and 2 by the owner’s
transfers to the section 987 QBU. Under
paragraph (d)(3) of this section, the aggregate
Asset
amount determined in steps 1 and 2 must be
decreased by the total amount of all assets
transferred from U.S. Corp to UK Branch
during the taxable year as determined in
Amount in £
paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of this section. The
amount of assets transferred from U.S. Corp
to UK Branch is determined as follows:
Translation rate
Amount in $
£9
Spot convention rate in Dec. 2009 £1 = $1.10 .............................................................
$10.00
Total ..............................
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSAL2
Computer .............................
....................
........................................................................................................................................
10.00
(D) Step 4: Decrease the aggregate amount
determined in steps 1 through 3 by the
amount of liabilities transferred by the
section 987 QBU to the owner. Under
paragraph (d)(4) of this section, the aggregate
amount determined in steps 1 through 3 must
be decreased by the aggregate amount of
liabilities transferred by UK Branch to U.S.
Corp. Under these facts, such amount is $0.
(E) Step 5: Increase the aggregate amount
determined in steps 1 through 4 by the
amount of liabilities transferred by the owner
to the section 987 QBU. Under paragraph
(d)(5) of this section, the aggregate amount
determined in steps 1 through 4 must be
increased by the aggregate amount of
liabilities transferred by U.S. Corp to UK
Branch. Under these facts, such amount is $0.
(F) Step 6: Increase the aggregate amount
determined in steps 1 through 5 by the
section 987 taxable loss of the section 987
QBU for the taxable year. Under paragraph
(d)(6) of this section, the aggregate amount
determined in steps 1 through 5 must be
increased by the section 987 taxable loss of
UK Branch. Since UK Branch had no such
taxable loss in 2009, paragraph (d)(6) of this
section does not apply.
(G) Step 7: Decrease the aggregate amount
determined in steps 1 through 5 by the
section 987 taxable income of the section 987
QBU for the taxable year. Under paragraph
(d)(7) of this section, the aggregate amount
determined in steps 1 through 5 must be
decreased by the section 987 taxable income
of UK Branch. The amount of UK Branch’s
taxable income, as determined above, is
$117.80.
(v) Summary. Taking steps 1 through 7 into
account, the amount of U.S. Corp’s
unrecognized section 987 gain or loss with
6 £100 on the closing 2008 balance sheet plus
£300 gross receipts less £100 inventory cost, less
£30 of additional expenses, less £30 transferred to
U.S. Corp.
7 £1,000 on the closing 2008 balance sheet less
£33 depreciation.
8 £200 on the closing 2008 balance sheet less £40
depreciation.
9 Dollars are reduced by $20 transferred to U.S.
Corp.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:24 Sep 06, 2006
Jkt 208001
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\07SEP2.SGM
07SEP2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 / Proposed Rules
52909
respect to UK Branch in 2009 is computed as
follows:
Step
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
...............................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................
Thus, U.S. Corp’s unrecognized section
987 gain in 2009 with respect to U.K. Branch
is $18.50. As of the end of 2009, before taking
into account the recognition of any section
987 gain or loss under § 1.987–5, U.S. Corp’s
net unrecognized section 987 gain is $48.50
(i.e., $30 accumulated from prior years, plus
$18.50 in 2009).
§ 1.987–5
or loss.
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSAL2
Amount in $
Recognition of section 987 gain
(a) Recognition of section 987 gain or
loss by the owner of a section 987 QBU.
The taxable income of an owner of a
section 987 QBU shall include the
owner’s section 987 gain or loss
recognized with respect to the section
987 QBU for the taxable year. For any
taxable year, the owner’s section 987
gain or loss recognized with respect to
a section 987 QBU shall be equal to—
(1) The owner’s net unrecognized
section 987 gain or loss of the section
987 QBU determined under § 1.987–4
on the last day of such taxable year (or,
if earlier, on the day the section 987
QBU is terminated under § 1.987–8);
multiplied by
(2) The owner’s remittance proportion
for the taxable year, as determined
under paragraph (b) of this section.
(b) Remittance proportion. The
owner’s remittance proportion with
respect to a section 987 QBU for a
taxable year is the quotient, equal to—
(1) The remittance, as determined
under paragraph (c) of this section, to
the owner from the section 987 QBU for
such taxable year; divided by
(2) The total adjusted basis of the
gross assets of the section 987 QBU as
of the end of the taxable year (or, if
terminated prior to the end of such
taxable year under § 1.987–8, the day of
termination) that are reflected on its
year-end balance sheet (or, if terminated
prior to the end of such taxable year
under § 1.987–8, the balance sheet on
the day terminated), translated into the
owner’s functional currency as provided
in § 1.987–4(e)(2) and increased by the
amount of the remittance.
(c) Remittance—(1) Definition. A
remittance shall be determined in the
owner’s functional currency and shall
equal the excess, if any, of—
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:24 Sep 06, 2006
Jkt 208001
(i) The total of all amounts transferred
from the section 987 QBU to the owner
during the taxable year, as determined
in paragraph (d) of this section; over
(ii) The total of all amounts
transferred from the owner to the
section 987 QBU during the taxable
year, as determined in paragraph (e) of
this section.
(2) Day when a remittance is
determined. An owner’s remittance
from a section 987 QBU shall be
determined on the last day of the
owner’s taxable year (or, if earlier, on
the day the section 987 QBU is
terminated under § 1.987–8).
(3) Termination. A termination of a
section 987 QBU as determined under
§ 1.987–8 is treated as a remittance of all
the gross assets of the section 987 QBU
to the owner on the date of such
termination. See § 1.987–8(d).
Accordingly, the remittance proportion
in the case of a termination is 1.
(d) Total of all amounts transferred
from the section 987 QBU to the owner
for the taxable year. For purposes of
paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section, the
total of all amounts transferred from the
section 987 QBU to the owner for the
taxable year shall be determined in the
owner’s functional currency under
§ 1.987–4(d)(2) with reference to the
adjusted basis of the assets transferred.
Solely for this purpose, the amount of
liabilities transferred from the owner to
the section 987 QBU determined under
§ 1.987–4(d)(5) shall be treated as a
transfer of assets from the section 987
QBU to the owner in an amount equal
to the amount of such liabilities.
(e) Total of all amounts transferred
from the owner to the section 987 QBU
for the taxable year. For purposes of
paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section, the
total of all amounts transferred from the
owner to the section 987 QBU for the
taxable year shall be determined in the
owner’s functional currency under
§ 1.987–4(d)(3) with reference to the
adjusted basis of the assets transferred.
Solely for this purpose, the amount of
liabilities transferred from the section
987 QBU to the owner determined
under § 1.987–4(d)(4) shall be treated as
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
+ 93.30
+ 53.00
¥10.00
¥0
+0
+0
¥117.80
Balance
$93.30
146.30
136.30
136.30
136.30
136.30
18.50
a transfer of assets from the owner to the
section 987 QBU in an amount equal to
the amount of such liabilities.
(f) Determination of owner’s adjusted
basis in transferred assets—(1) In
general. The owner’s adjusted basis in
an asset received in a transfer from the
section 987 QBU (whether or not such
transfer is made in connection with a
remittance as defined in paragraphs (c)
of this section) shall be determined
under the rules prescribed in paragraphs
(f)(2) through (f)(4) of this section.
(2) Section 987 marked asset. The
basis of a section 987 marked asset shall
be determined in the owner’s functional
currency and shall be the same as the
amount determined under § 1.987–
4(d)(2)(ii)(A).
(3) Section 987 historic asset. The
basis of a section 987 historic asset shall
be determined in the owner’s functional
currency and shall be the same as the
amount determined under § 1.987–
4(d)(2)(ii)(B).
(4) Partner’s adjusted basis in
distributed assets. See also section 732
and § 1.987–7 for purposes of
determining an owner’s adjusted basis
of an asset distributed from a section
987 QBU owned indirectly through a
section 987 partnership.
(g) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the calculation of section 987
gain or loss under this section:
Example 1. (i) U.S. Corp, a calendar year
domestic corporation with the dollar as its
functional currency, operates in the U.K.
through U.K. DE, an entity disregarded as an
entity separate from its owner under
§§ 301.7701–1 through 301.7701–3 of this
chapter. U.K. DE has a section 987 branch
(U.K. section 987 branch) with the pound as
its functional currency. During year 2, the
following transfers took place between U.S.
Corp and U.K. section 987 branch. On
January 5, year 2, U.S. Corp transferred to
U.K. section 987 branch $300 (which the
branch used during the year to purchase
services). On March 5, year 2, U.K. section
987 branch transferred a machine to U.S.
Corp. Assume that the pound adjusted basis
of the machine when properly translated into
dollars under §§ 1.987–4(d)(2)(ii)(B) and
paragraph (d) of this section is $500. On
November 1, year 2, U.K. section 987 branch
transferred pound cash to U.S. Corp. Assume
E:\FR\FM\07SEP2.SGM
07SEP2
52910
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 / Proposed Rules
that the dollar amount of the pounds when
properly translated under § 1.987–
4(d)(2)(ii)(A) and paragraph (d) of this section
is $2,300. On December 7, year 2, U.S Corp
transferred a truck to U.K. section 987 branch
with an adjusted basis of $2,000.
(ii) Assume that at the end of year 2, U.K.
section 987 branch holds assets, properly
translated into the owner’s functional
currency pursuant to § 1.987–4(e)(2),
consisting of a computer with a pound
adjusted basis equivalent to $500, a truck
with a pound adjusted basis equivalent to
$2,000, and pound cash equivalent to $2,850.
In addition, assume that U.K. section 987
branch has a pound liability entered into in
year 1 with Bank A. The liability, when
translated into the owner functional currency
pursuant to § 1.987–4(e)(2), is equivalent to
$200. All such assets and liabilities are
reflected on the books and records of U.K.
section 987 branch. Assume that the net
unrecognized section 987 gain for U.K.
section 987 branch as determined under
§ 1.987–4 as of the last day of year 2 is $80.
(iii) U.S. Corp’s section 987 gain with
respect to U.K. section 987 branch is
determined as follows:
(A) Computation of amount of remittance.
Under paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this
section, U.S. Corp must determine the
amount of the remittance for year 2 in the
owner’s functional currency (dollars) on the
last day of year 2. The amount of the
remittance for year 2 is $500, determined as
follows:
Transfers from U.K. section 987 branch to
U.S. Corp in dollars:
Machine .......................................
$500
Cash (U.K. pounds) .....................
2,300
$2,800
Transfers from U.S. Corp to U.K. section
987 branch in dollars:
Cash (U.S. dollars) .......................
$300
Truck ............................................
2,000
2,300
Computation of amount of remittance:
Aggregate transfers from U.K.
section 987 branch to U.S.
Corp ..........................................
$2,800
Less: aggregate transfers from
U.S. Corp to U.K. section 987
branch .......................................
(2,300)
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSAL2
Total remittance ...................
500
(B) Computation of branch gross assets
plus remittance. Under paragraph (b)(2) of
this section, U.K. section 987 branch must
determine the total basis of its gross assets
that are reflected on its year-end balance
sheet translated into the owner’s functional
currency, and must increase this amount by
the amount of the remittance.
Total basis of U.K. section 987 branch’s
gross assets at end of year 2 plus remittance
in dollars:
Computer .....................................
$500
Cash (U.K. pounds) .....................
2,850
Truck ............................................
2,000
Total gross assets ..................
Remittance ...................................
VerDate Aug<31>2005
20:17 Sep 06, 2006
5,350
500
Jkt 208001
Total gross assets + remittance ......................
5,850
(C) Computation of remittance proportion.
Under paragraph (b) of this section, U.K.
section 987 branch must compute the
remittance proportion as follows:
Amount of remittance .................
$500
Total basis of U.K. section 987
branch’s gross assets at end of
Year 2, increased by amount
of remittance ............................
5,850
Remittance/gross assets ..............
0.085
Remittance proportion ................
0.085
(D) Computation of section 987 gain or
loss. The amount of U.S. Corp’s section 987
gain or loss that must be recognized with
respect to U.K. section 987 branch is
determined under paragraph (a) of this
section.
Net unrecognized section 987
gain ...........................................
$80
Remittance proportion ................
× 0.085
U.S. Corp’s section 987 gain
for Year 2: .........................
$6.80
Example 2. U.S. Corp, a calendar year
domestic corporation with the dollar as its
functional currency, operates in the U.K.
through U.K. DE, an entity disregarded as an
entity separate from its owner. U.K. DE has
a section 987 branch (U.K. section 987
branch) with the pound as its functional
currency. During year 2, the following
transfers took place between U.S. Corp and
U.K. section 987 branch. On March 1, year
2, U.S. Corp transferred to U.K. section 987
branch a computer with a basis of $100. On
November 1, year 2, U.K. section 987 branch
transferred pounds to U.S. Corp. Assume that
the dollar amount of the pounds when
properly translated under § 1.987–
4(d)(2)(ii)(A) and paragraph (d) of this section
is $300. On the same day, U.K. section 987
branch transferred of $20 to U.S. Corp.
(ii) Assume that at the end of year 2, U.K.
section 987 branch holds assets translated (as
necessary) into the owner functional
currency pursuant to § 1.987–4(e)(2)
consisting of a plant with a pound adjusted
basis equivalent $1,000, pound cash
equivalent to $100, a machine with a pound
adjusted basis equivalent to $200, portfolio
stock (within the meaning of § 1.987–
2(b)(2)(ii)) in ABC Corporation with a pound
adjusted basis equivalent to $150, inventory
of 100 units with an aggregate pound
adjusted basis equivalent to $100 and a
computer with a pound adjusted basis
equivalent to $100. In addition, assume that
U.K. section 987 branch has a pound liability
that it entered into with Bank A in year 1.
When properly translated into dollars
pursuant to § 1.987–4(e)(2) the principal
amount of the liability is equal to $500. All
such assets and liabilities are reflected on the
books and records of U.K. section 987
branch. Assume that the net unrecognized
987 gain for U.K. section 987 branch as
determined under § 1.987–4 as of the last day
of year 2 is $100.
(iii) U.S. Corp’s section 987 gain with
respect to U.K. section 987 branch is
determined as follows:
(A) Computation of amount of remittance.
Under paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this
section, U.S. Corp must determine the
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
amount of the remittance for year 2 in the
owner’s functional currency on the last day
of year 2. The amount of the remittance for
year 2 is $220 determined as follows:
Transfers from U.K. section 987 branch to
U.S. Corp in dollars:
Cash (U.K. pounds) .....................
$300
Cash (U.S. dollars) .......................
20
320
Transfers from U.S. Corp to U.K. section
987 branch in dollars:
Computer .....................................
$100
Computation of amount of remittance:
Aggregate transfers from U.K.
section 987 branch to U.S.
Corp ..........................................
$320
Less: aggregate transfers from
U.S. Corp to U.K. branch .........
($100)
Total remittance: .........................
$220
Computation of amount of remittance:
Aggregate transfers from U.K.
section 987 branch to U.S.
Corp ..........................................
$320
Less: aggregate transfers from
U.S. Corp to U.K. branch .........
100
Total remittance: ..................
220
(B) Computation of branch gross assets
plus remittance. Under paragraph (b)(2) of
this section, U.K. section 987 branch must
determine the total basis of its gross assets as
are reflected on its year-end balance sheet
translated into dollars and must increase this
amount by the amount of the remittance.
Total pound basis of U.K. section 987
branch’s gross assets translated into dollars
at end of Year 2:
Plant .............................................
$1,000
Cash (U.K. pounds) .....................
100
Inventory ......................................
100
Machine .......................................
200
Computer .....................................
100
Portfolio Stock .............................
150
Total gross assets ..................
Remittance ...................................
1,650
220
Total gross assets + remittance ..................................
1,870
(C) Computation of remittance proportion.
Under paragraph (b) of this section, U.K.
section 987 branch must compute the
remittance proportion as follows:
Amount of remittance .................
$220
Total basis of U.K. section 987
branch’s gross assets at tend of
year 2, increased by amount of
remittance .................................
1,870
Remittance/gross assets ...............
0.118
Remittance proportion ................
0.118
(D) Computation of section 987 gain or
loss. The amount of U.S. Corp’s section 987
gain or loss that must be recognized with
respect to U.K. section 987 branch is
determined under paragraph (a) of this
section.
Net unrecognized section 987
gain ...........................................
$100.00
Remittance proportion ................
× 0.118
E:\FR\FM\07SEP2.SGM
07SEP2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 / Proposed Rules
U.S. Corp’s section 987 gain
for year 2 ...........................
§ 1.987–7
11.80
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSAL2
§ 1.987–6 Character and source of section
987 gain or loss.
(a) Ordinary income or loss. Section
987 gain or loss is ordinary income or
loss for Federal income tax purposes.
(b) Source and character of section
987 gain or loss—(1) In general. Except
as otherwise provided in this section,
the owner of a section 987 QBU must
determine the source and character of
section 987 gain or loss in the year of
a remittance under the rules of this
paragraph (b) for all purposes of the
Internal Revenue Code, including
sections 904(d), 907 and 954.
(2) Method required to characterize
and source section 987 gain or loss. The
owner must use the asset method set
forth in § 1.861–9T(g) to characterize
and source section 987 gain or loss. The
modified gross income method
described in § 1.861–9T(j) cannot be
used.
(3) Method required to characterize
and source section 987 gain or loss with
respect to regulated investment
companies and real estate investment
trusts. [Reserved].
(c) Example. The following example
illustrates the application of this
section.
Example. CFC is a controlled foreign
corporation as defined in section 957
with the Swiss franc (Sf) as its
functional currency. CFC holds all the
interest in a section 987 DE as defined
in § 1.987–1(b)(6)(iii) that has a section
987 branch with significant operations
in Germany (German Branch). German
Branch has the euro as its functional
currency. For the year 2009, CFC
recognizes section 987 gain of Sf10,000
under §§ 1.987–4 and 1.987–5. Applying
the rules of this section, German Branch
has total average assets of Sf1,000,000
which generate income as follows:
Sf750,000 of assets that generate foreign
source general limitation income under
section 904(d)(1)(I), none of which is
subpart F income under section 952;
and Sf250,000 of assets that generate
foreign source passive income under
section 904(d)(1)(B), all of which is
subpart F income. Under paragraph (b)
of this section, Sf7,500 (Sf750,000/
Sf1,000,000 × Sf10,000) of the section
987 gain will be treated as foreign
source general limitation income which
is not subpart F income and Sf2,500
(Sf250,000/Sf1,000,000 × Sf10,000) will
be treated as foreign source passive
income which is subpart F income. All
of the section 987 gain is treated as
ordinary income.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:24 Sep 06, 2006
Jkt 208001
Section 987 partnerships.
(a) In general. In the case of an owner
that is a partner in a section 987
partnership, this section provides rules
for determining the owner’s share of
assets and liabilities of a section 987
QBU owned indirectly, as described in
§ 1.987–1(b)(4)(ii), through a section 987
partnership. In addition, this section
provides rules coordinating these
regulations with subchapter K of
chapter 1 of the Internal Revenue Code.
(b) Assets and liabilities of an eligible
QBU or a section 987 QBU held
indirectly through a partnership. A
partner’s share of the assets and
liabilities reflected under § 1.987–2(b)
on the books and records of an eligible
QBU or a section 987 QBU owned
indirectly through a partnership shall be
determined in a manner that is
consistent with the manner in which the
partners have agreed to share the
economic benefits and burdens (if any),
corresponding to the assets and
liabilities, taking into account the rules
and principles of sections 701 through
761, and the applicable regulations,
including section 704(b) and § 1.701–2.
(c) Coordination with subchapter K—
(1) Partner’s adjusted basis in its
partnership interest—(i) In general.
Except as provided in this paragraph, a
partner’s adjusted basis in its section
987 partnership interest shall be
maintained in the functional currency of
that partner and shall not be adjusted as
a result of any fluctuations in the value
of the partner’s functional currency and
the functional currency of any section
987 QBU owned indirectly through the
section 987 partnership.
(ii) Adjustments for section 987
taxable income or loss and section 987
gain or loss—(A) Section 987 taxable
income or loss. A partner’s share of the
items of income, gain, deduction or loss
taken into account in calculating section
987 taxable income or loss of a section
987 QBU, determined under § 1.987–3,
held indirectly through a section 987
partnership shall be treated as income
or loss of the section 987 partnership
through which the partner indirectly
owns the interest. As a result, the
partner’s allocable share of the items of
income, gain, deduction or loss taken
into account in calculating section 987
taxable income or loss of the section 987
QBU shall be taken into account,
following conversion into the partner’s
functional currency, in determining the
appropriate adjustments to the partner’s
adjusted basis in its partnership interest
under section 705.
(B) Section 987 gain or loss. Solely for
purposes of determining the appropriate
adjustments to a partner’s adjusted basis
in its interest in a section 987
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
52911
partnership under section 705, an
individual or corporation that owns a
section 987 QBU indirectly through a
section 987 partnership shall treat any
section 987 gain or loss of such section
987 QBU as gain or loss of the section
987 partnership. Any adjustments to the
adjusted basis of a partner’s interest in
such section 987 partnership required
under this paragraph (c)(1)(ii)(B) of this
section shall occur prior to determining
the effect under the Internal Revenue
Code of any sale, exchange, distribution
or other event.
(iii) Adjustments for contributions
and distributions. For purposes of
making adjustments to the partner’s
adjusted basis in its interest in a section
987 partnership, as a result of any
contributions or distributions (including
deemed contributions and distributions
under section 752) between the section
987 partnership and the owner of a
section 987 QBU owned indirectly
through the partnership, such amounts
will be taken into account in the
owner’s functional currency.
(iv) Determination of deemed
distributions and contributions under
section 752—(A) Increase in partner’s
liabilities. For purposes of determining
the amount of any increase in a
partner’s share of the liabilities of the
partnership, or any increase in the
partner’s individual liabilities by reason
of the assumption by such partner of a
liability of the partnership, which are
reflected on the books and records of a
section 987 QBU owned indirectly
through such partnership and which are
denominated in a functional currency
different from the partner’s, the amount
of such liabilities shall be translated
into the functional currency of the
partner using the spot rate (as defined
in § 1.987–1(c)(1)(i) and (ii)) on the date
of such increase.
(B) Decrease in partner’s liabilities.
For purposes of determining the amount
of any decrease in a partner’s share of
the liabilities of the partnership which
were reflected on the books and records
of a section 987 QBU owned indirectly
through such partnership and which are
denominated in a functional currency
different from the partner’s functional
currency, the amount of such liabilities
shall be translated into the functional
currency of the partner using the
historic rate (as defined in § 1.987–
1(c)(3)) for the date on which such
liabilities increased the partner’s
adjusted basis in its partnership interest
under section 752.
(2) Special rule for determining gain
or loss on the sale, exchange or other
disposition of an interest in a section
987 partnership. For purposes of
determining the amount realized by a
E:\FR\FM\07SEP2.SGM
07SEP2
52912
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 / Proposed Rules
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSAL2
partner in a section 987 partnership on
the sale, exchange, or other disposition
of that partner’s interest in such
partnership, the amount of liabilities
reflected on the books and records of a
section 987 QBU (in a functional
currency different from such partner)
from which that partner is relieved as a
result of such disposition, and which
are included in the amount realized
pursuant to section 752(d), shall be
translated into the partner’s functional
currency using the historic exchange
rate (as determined under § 1.987–
1(c)(3)) for the date on which such
liabilities increased the partner’s
adjusted basis in its partnership interest
under section 752.
(d) Examples. The purpose of the
following examples is to illustrate the
application of section 987 to
partnerships and their partners. The
examples are not meant to be a
comprehensive interpretation of the
step-by-step computations involved in
computing net unrecognized section 987
gain or loss. Thus, for the sake of
simplicity, the examples only calculate
section 987 gain or loss by reference to
certain identified assets and liabilities,
rather than by all the assets and
liabilities of the section 987 QBU (as is
required under these regulations). See
§ 1.987–4 and the examples therein for
step-by-step computations for
determining the unrecognized section
987 gain or loss of the owner of a
section 987 QBU.
Example 1. Computation of an owner’s net
unrecognized section 987 gain or loss. (i)
Facts. PRS is a partnership which owns
QBUx, an eligible QBU, operating in the
United Kingdom. QBUx has the pound as its
functional currency determined under
§ 1.985–1 taking into account all of QBUx’s
activities before application of this section.
PRS has two equal partners that are domestic
corporations, A and B, each with the U.S.
dollar as its functional currency. The
portions of QBUx allocated to A and B under
paragraph (b) of this section are section 987
QBUs of A and B because under § 1.987–
1(b)(2), such portions are allocated from an
eligible QBU with a different functional
currency than A and B, respectively. Assume
that PRS has no items of section 987 taxable
income or loss for 2007. On January 1, 2007,
A and B each contribute $50 to PRS. PRS
immediately converts the $100 into £100.
The £100 is reflected, in accordance with
§ 1.987–2(b), on the books and records of
QBUx. On January 1, 2007, the spot rate is
$1 = £1. On December 31, 2007, the spot rate
is $1.50 = £1. Pursuant to § 1.987–3(b)(1), A
and B use the yearly average exchange rate,
as defined in § 1.987–1(c)(2), to translate
items of income, gain, deduction, or loss into
dollars for the taxable year. Assume the
yearly average exchange rate is $1.25 = £1 ($1
= £.80). Under the PRS partnership
agreement, A and B each have an equal
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:24 Sep 06, 2006
Jkt 208001
interest in all items of partnership income
and loss.
(ii) Calculation of net unrecognized section
987 gain or loss. Under paragraph (b) of this
section, A and B are each allocated 50 from
eligible QBUx. This amount is reflected on
the balance sheet of the section 987 QBU of
A and B, respectively, for purposes of
determining the unrecognized section 987
gain or loss under § 1.987–4. Pursuant to
§ 1.987–4(d), the net unrecognized section
987 gain of A’s section 987 QBU and B’s
section 987 QBU is $25.
Example 2. Computation of owner’s net
unrecognized section 987 gain or loss. (i)
Facts. The facts are the same as Example 1,
except that in addition to the £100
contributed by A and B, PRS incurred a £50
recourse liability from an unrelated third
party on January 1, 2007. The liability and
the £50 are both reflected on the books and
records of QBUx under § 1.987–2(b). Under
section 752, and the regulations thereunder,
A and B bear the economic risk of loss with
respect to the £50 recourse debt equally.
(ii) Calculation of net unrecognized section
987 gain or loss. Under paragraph (b) of this
section, A and B are each allocated £75 from
QBUx. In addition, under paragraph (b) of
this section, A and B are each allocated £25
of the liability of QBUx because the
economic burden of such liability, taking into
account sections 701 through 761 of the
Code, is borne equally by A and B. Under
§ 1.987–4(d), A and B each have net
unrecognized section 987 gain of $25.
(iii) Determination of partner’s adjusted
basis in PRS. Pursuant to paragraph (c)(1)(i)
of this section and section 985(a), A and B
must determine the adjusted basis in their
PRS partnership interests in U.S. dollars.
Under sections 722, 752(a) and paragraph
(c)(1)(iv)(A) of this section, the adjusted bases
in such interests are increased by the U.S.
dollar amount of a deemed contribution
determined using the spot rate for the date
on which such liability was incurred.
Therefore, A and B will increase the adjusted
basis in their PRS partnership interests by
$25.
Example 3. Computation of owner’s net
unrecognized section 987 gain or loss. (i)
Facts. The facts are the same as Example 2,
except as follows: On January 1, 2007,
instead of incurring a £50 recourse liability,
PRS incurred a £50 nonrecourse liability
from an unrelated third party, which was
secured by and used to purchase nondepreciable real property located in the
United Kingdom. Under the partnership
agreement, A and B agree to share all items
of partnership income and loss equally,
except that A guaranteed the nonrecourse
liability and, in addition, the partnership
agreement provides that A will be allocated
any gain from the sale or exchange of the
non-depreciable property. Further, the
partnership agreement provides that in the
event the partnership liquidates prior to
satisfying the liability, the non-depreciable
property shall be distributed to A.
(ii) Calculation of net unrecognized section
987 gain or loss. Under paragraph (b) of this
section, A and B are each allocated £50 from
eligible QBUx. In addition, because A bears
the economic burden of the nonrecourse
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
liability incurred by PRS and the economic
benefits of the non-depreciable property
securing such liability, both of which are
reflected on the books and records of QBUx
under § 1.987–2(b), A is allocated, for
purposes of applying § 1.987–4(d), both the
£50 liability and the non-depreciable
property with an adjusted tax basis of £50.
Under § 1.987–4(d), A’s net unrecognized
section 987 gain is $0, and B’s net
unrecognized section 987 gain is $25.
(iii) Determination of partner’s adjusted
basis in PRS. Pursuant to paragraph (c)(1)(i)
of this section and section 985(a), A and B
must determine the adjusted bases in their
PRS partnership interests in U.S. dollars.
Under sections 722, 752(a) and paragraph
(c)(1)(iv) of this section, A’s adjusted basis is
increased by the U.S. dollar amount of the
deemed contribution determined using the
spot rate for the date on which such liability
was incurred. Therefore, A will increase the
adjusted basis in its PRS partnership interest
by $50.
Example 4. Computation of owner’s share
of items of section 987 taxable income. (i)
Facts. The facts are the same as in Example
1, except that during 2007 PRS earns £50
which are reflected on the books and records
of QBUx. In accordance with the partnership
agreement, the £50 are allocated equally
between A and B.
(ii) Calculation of section 987 taxable
income or loss. Under § 1.987–3, A and B’s
allocable share of the taxable income of
QBUx, as determined by PRS, and adjusted
to conform to U.S. tax principles, is £25 each.
Under § 1.987–3, A and B must convert their
allocable share of the £25 into U.S. dollars
using the yearly average exchange rate for the
year, in accordance with § 1.987–1(c)(2). As
a result, A and B each take into account as
their respective distributive share of PRS
income $31.25. Under paragraph (c)(1)(ii)(A)
of this section, section 985(a) and section
705, such amounts, as reflected in U.S.
dollars, will be taken into account in
determining any adjustments to the adjusted
bases of A’s and B’s partnership interests. In
addition, such amounts will be taken into
account in calculating, under § 1.987–4, the
unrecognized section 987 gain or loss of the
section 987 QBUs of A and B.
Example 5. Computation of owner’s share
of items of section 987 taxable income. (i)
Facts. The facts are the same as in Example
4, except A and B agree to allocate the £50
of income to A. Assume for purposes of this
example that such allocation has substantial
economic effect as provided under section
704(b).
(ii) Calculation of section 987 taxable
income or loss. Under § 1.987–3, A and B’s
allocable share of the taxable income of
QBUx, as determined by PRS, and adjusted
to conform to U.S. tax principles, is £50 and
£0, respectively. Under § 1.987–3, A and B
must convert their allocable share into U.S.
dollars using the yearly average exchange
rate for the year, in accordance with § 1.987–
1(c)(2). As a result, A and B must each take
into account as their respective distributive
share of PRS income $62.50 and $0,
respectively. Under paragraph (c)(1)(ii)(A) of
this section, section 985(a) and section 705,
such amounts, as reflected in U.S. dollars,
E:\FR\FM\07SEP2.SGM
07SEP2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 / Proposed Rules
will be taken into account in determining any
adjustments to the adjusted bases of A’s and
B’s respective partnership interests. In
addition, such amounts will be taken into
account in calculating, under § 1.987–4, the
unrecognized section 987 gain or loss of the
section 987 QBUs of A and B.
Example 6. Election by de minimis partner
to not take into account section 987 gain or
loss. (i) Facts. The facts are the same as in
Example 1, except assume that A owns,
directly or indirectly, less than 5% of the
total capital and profits interest in PRS and,
as a result, is eligible to elect, under § 1.987–
1(b)(1)(ii) not to apply the provisions of the
regulations under section 987 for purposes of
taking into account the section 987 gain or
loss of A’s section 987 QBU. Assume further
that A makes such election. On January 1,
2008, A sells its interest to an unrelated third
party, C, for $75.
(ii) Determination of partner’s adjusted
basis in PRS. Pursuant to paragraph (c)(1)(i)
of this section and section 985(a), A must
determine the adjusted basis of its PRS
partnership interest in U.S. dollars. A’s basis
in PRS is $50, the amount of its contribution
to PRS.
(iii) Sale of partnership interest by A.
Under section 1001, A’s amount realized on
the sale of the partnership interest to C is
$75. A’s adjusted basis of its PRS partnership
interest is $50, the amount of A’s
contribution to PRS, unadjusted by the
fluctuations between the pound and the U.S.
dollar. A’s gain on the sale of the partnership
interest is $25.
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSAL2
§ 1.987–8
QBU.
Termination of a section 987
(a) Scope. This section provides rules
regarding the termination of a section
987 QBU. Paragraph (b) of this section
provides general rules for determining
when a termination occurs. Paragraph
(c) of this section provides exceptions to
the general termination rules for certain
transactions described in section 381(a).
Paragraph (d) of this section provides
certain effects of terminations.
Paragraph (e) of this section contains
examples that illustrate the principles of
this section.
(b) In general. Except as provided in
paragraph (c) of this section, a section
987 QBU terminates when—
(1) Its activities cease, such that it no
longer meets the definition of an eligible
QBU as defined in § 1.987–1(b)(3);
(2) Substantially all (within the
meaning of section 368(a)(1)(C)) of the
section 987 QBU’s assets are transferred
from such section 987 QBU to its owner,
as provided under § 1.987–2(c). For
purposes of this paragraph (b)(2), the
amount of assets transferred from the
section 987 QBU to its owner as a result
of a transaction (for example, a
contribution of property to a DE or a
partnership) as provided under § 1.987–
2(c) shall be reduced by assets that are
transferred from the owner to such
section 987 QBU, as provided under
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:24 Sep 06, 2006
Jkt 208001
§ 1.987–2(c), pursuant to the same
transaction;
(3) A foreign corporation that is a
controlled foreign corporation (as
defined in section 957) that is the owner
of a section 987 QBU ceases to be a
controlled foreign corporation; or
(4) The owner of such section 987
QBU ceases to exist (including in
connection with a transaction described
in section 381(a)).
(c) Transactions described in section
381(a)—(1) Liquidations. A termination
does not occur when the owner of a
section 987 QBU ceases to exist in a
liquidation described in section 332,
except in the following cases:
(i) The distributor is a domestic
corporation and the distributee is a
foreign corporation.
(ii) The distributor is a foreign
corporation and the distributee is a
domestic corporation.
(iii) The distributor and the
distributee are both foreign corporations
and the functional currency of the
distributee is the same as the functional
currency of the distributor’s section 987
QBU.
(2) Reorganizations. A termination
does not occur when the owner of the
section 987 QBU ceases to exist in a
reorganization described in section
381(a)(2), except in the following cases:
(i) The transferor is a domestic
corporation and the acquiring
corporation is a foreign corporation.
(ii) The transferor is a foreign
corporation and the acquiring
corporation is a domestic corporation.
(iii) The transferor is a controlled
foreign corporation immediately before
the transfer and the acquiring
corporation is a foreign corporation that
is not a controlled foreign corporation
immediately after the transfer.
(iv) The transferor and the acquiring
corporation are foreign corporations and
the functional currency of the acquiring
corporation is the same as the functional
currency of the transferor’s section 987
QBU.
(d) Effect of terminations. A
termination of a section 987 QBU as
determined in this section is treated as
a remittance of all the gross assets of the
section 987 QBU to its owner. As a
result, any net unrecognized section 987
gain or loss of the section 987 QBU is
recognized. See § 1.987–5. For purposes
of the preceding sentence, the amount of
net unrecognized section 987 gain or
loss is determined as of the date of
termination by closing the books and
records of the section 987 QBU on that
date.
(e) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the principles of this section:
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
52913
Example 1. Cessation of operations. (i)
Facts. DC, a domestic corporation, has a sales
office in Country X (Country X Branch) that
is a section 987 QBU. DC closes its Country
X Branch.
(ii) Analysis. The cessation of the activities
of the Country X Branch causes a termination
of the section 987 QBU under paragraph
(b)(1) of this section.
Example 2. Incorporation of section 987
QBU. (i) Facts. DC, a domestic corporation,
has a branch in Country X (Country X
Branch) that is a section 987 QBU. DC
transfers all the assets and liabilities of
Country X Branch to DS, a domestic
corporation, in exchange for stock of DS in
a transaction qualifying under section 351.
(ii) Analysis. Country X Branch terminates
pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section
because the Country X Branch ceases to be
an eligible QBU of DC.
Example 3. Cessation of controlled foreign
corporation status. (i) Facts. DC, a domestic
corporation, owns all of the stock of FC, a
controlled foreign corporation as defined in
section 957. FC has a section 987 QBU. FA,
a foreign corporation owned solely by foreign
persons, purchases all of the FC stock. FC
will not constitute a controlled foreign
corporation after the transaction.
(ii) Analysis. Because FC ceases to qualify
as a controlled foreign corporation after the
sale of the FC stock, FC’s section 987 QBU
terminates pursuant to paragraph (b)(3) of
this section.
Example 4. Section 332 liquidation. (i)
Facts. DC, a domestic corporation, operates
in Country X through FC, a wholly-owned
foreign corporation organized under the laws
of Country X. FC also has a branch in
Country Y (Country Y Branch) that is a
section 987 QBU. Pursuant to a liquidation
described in section 332, FC transfers all of
its assets and liabilities to DC.
(ii) Analysis. FC’s liquidation is a
termination as provided in paragraph (b)(4)
of this section because FC ceases to exist. The
exception for certain section 332 liquidations
provided under paragraph (c)(1) of this
section does not apply because DC is a
domestic corporation and FC is a foreign
corporation. See paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this
section.
Example 5. Transfers to and from section
987 QBU pursuant to the same transaction.
(i) Facts. DC1, a domestic corporation, owns
Entity A, a DE. Entity A conducts a business
in Country X and that business is an eligible
QBU and a section 987 QBU (Country X
QBU) of DC1. DC2, a domestic corporation,
contributes property to Entity A in exchange
for a 95% interest in Entity A. The property
DC2 contributes to Entity A is used in the
business conducted by the Country X QBU
and is reflected on its books and records as
provided under § 1.987–2(b). Moreover,
Entity A is converted to a partnership as a
result of the contribution. See Rev. Rul. 99–
5 (situation 2), (1999–1 CB 434). See
§ 601.601(d)(2) of this chapter. Also, as a
result of the contribution, and pursuant to
§ 1.987–2(c)(5), 95% of the assets and
liabilities on the books and records of DC1’s
section 987 QBU are deemed to be
transferred from such QBU to DC1, and DC1
is deemed to transfer to such QBU 5% of the
E:\FR\FM\07SEP2.SGM
07SEP2
52914
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 / Proposed Rules
property, as determined under § 1.987–7,
contributed by DC2 to Entity A.
(ii) Analysis. As a result of the contribution
of property from DC2 to Entity A, assets were
transferred from DC1’s section 987 QBU to
DC1. Similarly, assets were transferred from
DC1 to its section 987 QBU as a result of the
contribution. Accordingly, for purposes of
determining whether substantially all the
assets of Country X QBU were transferred
from DC1’s section 987 QBU as provided
under paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the
assets transferred from DC1’s section 987
QBU to DC1 under § 1.987–2(c) are reduced
by the amount of assets transferred from DC1
to such section 987 QBU pursuant to the
contribution.
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSAL2
§ 1.987–9
Recordkeeping requirements.
(a) In general. A taxpayer that is an
owner of a section 987 QBU shall keep
such reasonable records as are sufficient
to establish the QBU’s section 987
taxable income or loss and section 987
gain or loss. See section 987 and section
6001 and the applicable regulations.
(b) Supplemental information. An
owner’s obligation to maintain records
under section 6001 and paragraph (a) of
this section is not satisfied unless the
following information is maintained in
such records:
(1) The amount of the items of
income, gain, deduction or loss
attributed to each section 987 QBU of
the owner in the functional currency of
the section 987 QBU.
(2) The amount of assets and
liabilities attributed to each section 987
QBU of the owner in the functional
currency of the QBU.
(3) The exchange rates used to
translate items of income, gain,
deduction or loss of each section 987
QBU into the owner’s functional
currency. If a spot rate convention is
used, the manner in which such
convention is determined.
(4) The exchange rates used to
translate the assets and liabilities of
each section 987 QBU into the owner’s
functional currency. If a spot rate
convention is used, the manner in
which such convention is determined.
(5) The amount of the items of
income, gain, deduction or loss
attributed to each section 987 QBU of
the owner translated into the functional
currency of the owner.
(6) The amount of assets and
liabilities attributed to each section 987
QBU of the owner translated into the
functional currency of the owner.
(7) The amount of assets and
liabilities transferred by the owner to a
section 987 QBU determined in the
functional currency of the owner.
(8) The amount of assets and
liabilities transferred by the section 987
QBU to the owner determined in the
functional currency of the owner.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:24 Sep 06, 2006
Jkt 208001
(9) The amount of the unrecognized
section 987 gain or loss for the taxable
year.
(10) The amount of the net
unrecognized section 987 gain or loss at
the close of the taxable year.
(11) If a remittance is made, the
average tax book value of assets as
determined under § 1.861–9T(g).
(12) The transition information
required to be determined under
§ 1.987–10(c)(2)(v).
(c) Retention of records. The records
required by this section must be kept at
all times available for inspection by the
Internal Revenue Service, and shall be
retained so long as the contents thereof
may become material in the
administration of the Internal Revenue
Code.
§ 1.987–10
Transition rules.
(a) Scope—(1) In general. These
transition rules shall apply to any
taxpayer that is an owner of a section
987 QBU pursuant to § 1.987–1(b)(4) on
the transition date (as defined in
paragraph (b) of this section). A
taxpayer to whom this section applies
must transition from the method
previously used by such taxpayer to
comply with section 987 (the ‘‘prior
section 987 method’’) to the method
prescribed by these regulations pursuant
to the rules set forth in paragraph (c) of
this section.
(2) Limitation where the prior method
was unreasonable. Notwithstanding
paragraph (a)(1) of this section, if the
prior section 987 method was
unreasonable (including the case where
the taxpayer failed to make the
determinations required under section
987 for any open taxable year), then the
taxpayer must apply the rules of
paragraph (c)(4) of this section (and
cannot apply the rules of paragraph
(c)(3) of this section) to transition to the
method prescribed by these regulations.
(b) Transition date. The transition
date is the first day of the first taxable
year to which these regulations apply to
a taxpayer.
(c) Transition methods and
corresponding rules—(1) In general.
Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2)
of this section, a taxpayer must
transition from its prior method to the
method prescribed by these regulations
under the ‘‘deferral transition method’’
of paragraph (c)(3) of this section or the
‘‘fresh start transition method’’ of
paragraph (c)(4) of this section. If a
taxpayer fails to comply with the rules
of this section, the Area Director, Field
Examination, Small Business/Self
Employed or the Director, Field
Operations, Large and Mid-Size
Business having jurisdiction of the
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
taxpayer’s return for the taxable year
shall determine the appropriate
transition method.
(2) Conformity rules. The taxpayer
(including all members that file a
consolidated return that includes that
taxpayer), and any controlled foreign
corporation as defined in section 957 in
which the taxpayer owns more than 50
percent of the voting power or stock (as
determined in section 957(a)), must
consistently apply the same transition
method for each qualified business unit
subject to section 987 owned on the
transition date.
(3) Deferral transition method—(i) In
general. Pursuant to the deferral
transition method prescribed by this
paragraph (c)(3), section 987 gain or loss
must be determined on the transition
date under the taxpayer’s prior section
987 method as if all qualified business
units of the taxpayer subject to section
987 (taking into account the conformity
rules of paragraph (c)(2) of this section)
terminated on the last day of the taxable
year preceding the transition date. This
deemed termination applies solely for
purposes of this section. Any section
987 gain or loss determined with respect
to a section 987 QBU under the
preceding sentence shall not be
recognized on the transition date but
shall be considered as net unrecognized
section 987 gain or loss of the section
987 QBU in the first taxable year for
which these regulations are effective (in
addition to any net unrecognized
section 987 gain or loss otherwise
determined for such taxable year).
Recognition of net unrecognized section
987 gain or loss determined under the
preceding sentence is governed by
§ 1.987–5 for periods after the transition
date. The owner of a qualified business
unit that is deemed to terminate under
these rules is treated as having
transferred all of the assets and
liabilities attributable to such qualified
business unit to a new section 987 QBU
on the transition date.
(ii) Translation rates used to
determine the amount of assets and
liabilities transferred from the owner to
the section 987 QBU for the section 987
QBU’s first taxable year beginning on
the transition date. The exchange rates
used to determine the amount of assets
and liabilities transferred from the
owner to the section 987 QBU on the
transition date (for example, for
purposes of making calculations under
§ 1.987–4) under the deferral transition
method in this paragraph (c)(3) shall be
determined with reference to the
historic exchange rates on the day the
assets were acquired or liabilities
entered into by the qualified business
unit deemed terminated, adjusted to
E:\FR\FM\07SEP2.SGM
07SEP2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 / Proposed Rules
cannot result in taking into account
section 987 gain or loss with respect to
an asset or liability attributable to a
period prior to the transition date more
than once.
(6) Reporting. The taxpayer must
attach a statement to its return for the
first taxable year beginning on the
transition date providing the following
information:
(i) A description of each qualified
business unit to which these rules
apply, the qualified business unit’s
owner and its principal place of
business, and a description of the prior
method used by the taxpayer to
determine section 987 gain or loss with
respect to such qualified business unit.
(ii) The transition method used by the
taxpayer under paragraph (c) of this
section for each qualified business unit.
(iii) If the taxpayer uses the deferral
transition method prescribed in
paragraph (c)(3) of this section with
respect to a qualified business unit, an
explanation of the method used to
determine section 987 gain or loss.
(iv) If the taxpayer uses the deferral
transition method prescribed in
paragraph (c)(3) of this section with
respect to a qualified business unit, the
amount treated as net unrecognized
section 987 gain or loss under paragraph
(c)(3)(i) of this section.
(v) The method used by the taxpayer
for determining the exchange rates used
to translate the basis of assets and the
amount of liabilities of a section 987
QBU into the functional currency of the
owner on the transition date as provided
in paragraphs (c)(3)(ii) and (c)(4)(ii) of
this section for purposes of applying
these regulations.
(d) Examples. The principles of this
section are illustrated by the following
examples:
Example 1. Deferral transition method. (i)
U.S. Corp is a domestic corporation with the
dollar as its functional currency. U.S. Corp
owns UK Branch, a branch with the pound
as its functional currency. UK Branch was
formed on January 1, 2006. U.S. Corp uses
the method prescribed in the 1991 proposed
section 987 regulations to determine the
section 987 gain or loss of UK Branch. U.S.
Corp contributed £6,000 to UK Branch on
January 1, 2006. On the same day, UK Branch
bought a truck for £4,000 and a computer for
£1,000. Assume that the spot rate on January
1, 2006, is £1 = $1. UK Branch had profits
determined under § 1.987–1(b)(1)(i) through
(iii) of the 1991 proposed section 987
regulations of £250 in each taxable year of
2006, 2007, 2008, and 2009. Assume that the
average exchange rates used to translate UK
Branch’s profits under the 1991 proposed
section 987 regulations were as follows:
2006—£1 = $1.10; 2007—£1 = $1.20; 2008—
£1 = $1.30; 2009—£1 = $1.40. UK Branch
makes no remittances to U.S. Corp in any
year. On January 1, 2010, UK Branch
transitions to the method provided in
§§ 1.987–1 through 1.987–11 of these
regulations pursuant to paragraph (a) of this
section. U.S. Corp chooses to use the deferral
transition method of paragraph (c)(3) of this
section in transitioning from its prior section
987 method (the method set forth in the 1991
proposed section 987 regulations) to the
method prescribed in the §§ 1.987–1 through
1.987–11 of these regulations. The spot rate
on December 31, 2009, is £1 = $2.
(ii) Pursuant to paragraph (c)(3) of this
section, U.S. Corp must determine UK
Branch’s section 987 gain or loss on January
1, 2010 using its prior section 987 method
(the method prescribed under the 1991
proposed section 987 regulations), as if UK
Branch terminated on December 31, 2009. On
December 31, 2009, UK Branch has an equity
pool of £7,000 and a basis pool of $7,250
determined under the 1991 proposed section
987 regulations based on the following
amounts:
Translation rate
take into account any gain or loss
determined under paragraph (c)(3)(i) of
this section. See Examples 1 and 2 of
paragraph (d) of this section.
(4) Fresh start transition method—(i)
In general. Pursuant to the fresh start
transition method prescribed by this
paragraph (c)(4), on the transition date
all qualified business units of the
taxpayer subject to section 987 (taking
into account the conformity rules of
paragraph (c)(2) of this section) are
deemed terminated on the last day of
the taxable year preceding the transition
date. This deemed termination applies
solely for purposes of this section. No
section 987 gain or loss is determined or
recognized on such deemed
termination. The owner of a qualified
business unit that is deemed to
terminate under this method is treated
as having transferred all of the assets
and liabilities attributable to such
qualified business unit to a section 987
QBU on the transition date.
(ii) Translation rates used to
determine the amount of assets and
liabilities transferred from the owner to
the section 987 QBU for the section 987
QBU’s first taxable year on the
transition date. The exchange rates used
to determine the amount of assets and
liabilities transferred from the owner to
the section 987 QBU on the transition
date (for example, for purposes of
making calculations under § 1.987–4)
under the fresh start transition method
of this paragraph (c)(4) shall be
determined with reference to the
historic exchange rates on the day the
assets were acquired or liabilities
entered into by the qualified business
unit deemed terminated. See Example 3
of paragraph (d) of this section.
(5) Double counting prohibited. The
transition method used by the taxpayer
Asset
Amount in $
Amount in £
Cash ....................................
Cash ....................................
Cash ....................................
Cash ....................................
Cash ....................................
Truck ....................................
Computer .............................
£1,000
250
250
250
250
*4,000
*1,000
Total assets ..................
Liabilities ..............................
7,000
0
52915
Spot rate on
Ave. rate for
Ave. rate for
Ave. rate for
Ave. rate for
Spot rate on
Spot rate on
1/1/06 of £1=$1 ........................................................................................
2006 of £1=$1.10 .....................................................................................
2007 of £1=$1.20 .....................................................................................
2008 of £1=$1.30 .....................................................................................
2009 of £1=$1.40 .....................................................................................
1/1/06 of £1=$1 ........................................................................................
1/1/06 of £1=$1 ........................................................................................
$1,000
275
300
325
350
4,000
1,000
........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................
7,250
0
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSAL2
* Depreciation not taken into account for purposes of this example.
Accordingly, under § 1.987–3(h)(3)(i) of the
1991 proposed section 987 regulations, UK
Branch determines its section 987 gain or
loss on December 31, 2009, as follows:
Multiplied by spot rate on
date of deemed termination
of £1=$2 ................................
×$2
Equity Pool on 12/31/09 .........
Spot Value of Equity Pool .......
Less 100% of Basis Pool .........
14,000
14,000
(7,250)
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:24 Sep 06, 2006
£7,000
Jkt 208001
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Section 987 gain ...............
6,750
(iii) Under paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this
section, U.S. Corp does not recognize the
$6,750 of section 987 gain determined on the
transition date. Instead, the $6,750 will be
treated as net unrecognized section 987 gain
of UK Branch for 2010 and subsequent years
E:\FR\FM\07SEP2.SGM
07SEP2
52916
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 / Proposed Rules
(in addition to any net unrecognized section
987 gain or loss otherwise determined at the
close of 2010 and subsequent years).
Recognition of net unrecognized section 987
gain or loss is governed by § 1.987–5.
(iv) Pursuant to paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this
section, when computing the exchange rates
used to determine the amount of assets and
liabilities transferred from U.S. Corp to UK
Asset
Branch on the transition date, U.S. Corp must
adjust the historic exchange rates attributable
to such assets to take into account UK
Branch’s section 987 gain determined under
paragraph (c)(3) of this section. Under these
facts, where all of UK Branch’s assets are
considered to generate deferred section 987
gain, U.S. Corp takes into account this
section 987 gain by translating the assets
Translation rate
£1,000
250
250
250
250
4,000
1,000
Total assets ..................
Liabilities ..............................
7,000
0
Spot
Spot
Spot
Spot
Spot
Spot
Spot
....................................................................................
....................................................................................
....................................................................................
....................................................................................
....................................................................................
....................................................................................
....................................................................................
$2,000
500
500
500
500
8,000
2,000
........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................
14,000
0
Example 2. Deferral transition method. (i)
The facts are the same as in Example 1
except that U.S. Corp and UK Branch use an
‘‘earnings only’’ approach to determine
section 987 gain or loss prior to the transition
date. Under this approach, U.S. Corp
maintains a basis and equity pool for UK
Branch’s earnings and a separate basis and
equity pool for UK Branch’s capital. Section
987 gain or loss is only recognized on
remittances of earnings (but not with respect
to capital) under principles similar to those
of the 1991 proposed section 987 regulations.
Remittances are first considered as
distributed from the earnings equity pool and
then from the capital equity pool. For
purposes of this example, this method is
assumed to be a reasonable section 987
method and does not violate § 1.987–10(a)(2).
(ii) Using principles similar to those set
forth in § 1.987–2 of the 1991 proposed
section 987 regulations, the earnings equity
pool of UK Branch is £1,000 (£250 earned in
each taxable year of 2006, 2007, 2008 and
2009) and the corresponding earnings basis
pool is $1,250 ($275 in 2006, $300 in 2007,
$325 in 2008 and $350 in 2009). The capital
equity pool is £6,000 and the corresponding
capital basis pool is $6,000 (contributed cash
of £6,000 translated to equal $6,000—which
U.S. Corp can trace to contributed cash
Total assets ..................
Liabilities ..............................
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSAL2
on
on
on
on
on
on
on
12/31/09
12/31/09
12/31/09
12/31/09
12/31/09
12/31/09
12/31/09
of
of
of
of
of
of
of
£1=$2
£1=$2
£1=$2
£1=$2
£1=$2
£1=$2
£1=$2
remaining of £1,000 with a translated basis
equal to $1,000; a truck of £4,000 with a
translated basis equal to $4,000; and a
computer of £1,000 with a translated basis
equal to $1,000).
(iii) Pursuant to paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this
section, U.S. Corp must determine UK
Branch’s section 987 gain or loss on January
1, 2010, using its prior section 987 method
(the ‘‘earnings only’’ method), as if UK
Branch terminated on December 31, 2009.
Using principles similar to § 1.987–3(h) of
the 1991 proposed section 987 regulations
with respect to the earnings equity and basis
pool, U.S. Corp would determine $750 of
section 987 gain as follows:
Earnings Equity Pool on
12/31/09 ...............................
Multiplied by spot rate on
date of deemed termination
of £1=$2 ................................
7,000
0
× $2
$2,000
Spot Value of Earnings Equity
Pool .......................................
Less 100% of Earnings Basis
Pool .......................................
($1,250)
Section 987 gain ...............
$750
Spot
Spot
Spot
Spot
Spot
Spot
Spot
$2,000
rate
rate
rate
rate
rate
rate
rate
on
on
on
on
on
on
on
Amount in $
1/1/06 of £1=$1 ........................................................................................
12/31/09 of £1=$2 ....................................................................................
12/31/09 of £1=$2 ....................................................................................
12/31/09 of £1=$2 ....................................................................................
12/31/09 of £1=$2 ....................................................................................
1/1/06 of £1=$1 ........................................................................................
1/1/06 of £1=$1 ........................................................................................
$1,000
500
500
500
500
4,000
1,000
........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................
(vi) If UK Branch was not able to trace
historic dollar basis as set forth in paragraph
(v) of this Example 2, when translating the
assets deemed contributed to UK Branch on
Jkt 208001
£1,000
(iv) Under paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this
section, U.S. Corp does not recognize the
$750 of section 987 gain determined on the
transition date. Instead, the $750 will be
treated as net unrecognized section 987 gain
of UK Branch for 2010 and subsequent years
(in addition to any net unrecognized section
987 gain or loss otherwise determined at the
close of 2010 and subsequent years).
Recognition of net unrecognized section 987
gain or loss is governed by § 1.987–5.
(v) Pursuant to paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this
section, when computing the exchange rates
used to determine the amount of assets and
liabilities transferred from U.S. Corp to UK
Branch on the transition date, U.S. Corp must
adjust the historic exchange rates attributable
to such assets to take into account UK
Branch’s section 987 gain determined under
paragraph (c)(3) of this section. Under these
facts, U.S. Corp may reasonably take into
account UK Branch’s section 987 gain by
translating those UK Branch’s assets that
generated such gain using the same spot rate
it used to determine UK Branch’s section 987
gain on the termination date of December 31,
2009 and by determining the translation rate
of other assets by reference to the traced basis
of such assets. Accordingly, on January 1,
2010, U.S. Corp translates the deemed
contributions to UK Branch as follows:
Translation rate
£1,000
250
250
250
250
4,000
1,000
18:24 Sep 06, 2006
rate
rate
rate
rate
rate
rate
rate
Amount in £
Contributed Cash .................
Cash ....................................
Cash ....................................
Cash ....................................
Cash ....................................
Truck ....................................
Computer .............................
VerDate Aug<31>2005
Amount in $
Amount in £
Cash ....................................
Cash ....................................
Cash ....................................
Cash ....................................
Cash ....................................
Truck ....................................
Computer .............................
Asset
deemed contributed by U.S. Corp to UK
Branch on the transition date using the same
spot rate it used to determine UK Branch’s
section 987 gain on the deemed termination
date of December 31, 2009. Accordingly, on
January 1, 2010, U.S. Corp translates the
assets deemed contributed (cash is segregated
for ease of illustration) to UK Branch as
follows:
8,000
0
January 1, 2010, under paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of
this section, U.S. Corp would be required to
use exchange rates that take into account a
reasonable allocation of the aggregate historic
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
basis and the $750 of deferred section 987
gain to the UK Branch assets.
Example 3. Fresh start transition method.
(i) The facts are the same as in Example 1,
E:\FR\FM\07SEP2.SGM
07SEP2
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 / Proposed Rules
except that U.S. Corp chooses to use the fresh
start transition method of paragraph (c)(4) of
this section in transitioning from the 1991
proposed regulations to the method
prescribed in the current regulations.
Pursuant to paragraph (c)(4)(i) of this section,
Asset
Total assets ..................
Liabilities ..............................
7000
0
1/1/06 of £1=$1 ........................................................................................
2006 of £1=$1.10 .....................................................................................
2004 of £1=$1.20 .....................................................................................
2005 of £1=$1.30 .....................................................................................
2006 of £1=$1.40 .....................................................................................
1/1/06 of £1=$1 ........................................................................................
1/1/06 of £1=$1 ........................................................................................
$1,000
275
300
325
350
4,000
1,000
........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................
7,250
0
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSAL2
Effective date.
(a) In general. Except as otherwise
provided in this section, these
regulations shall apply to taxable years
beginning one year after the first day of
the first taxable year following the date
of publication of a Treasury decision
adopting this rule as a final regulation
in the Federal Register.
(b) Election to apply these regulations
to taxable years beginning after the date
of publication of a Treasury decision
adopting this rule as a final regulation
in the Federal Register. A taxpayer may
elect to apply these regulations to
taxable years beginning after the date of
publication of a Treasury decision
adopting this rule as a final regulation
in the Federal Register. Such election
shall be binding on all members that file
a consolidated return with the taxpayer
and any controlled foreign corporation,
as defined in section 957, in which the
taxpayer owns more than 50 percent of
the voting power or stock (as
determined in section 957(a)). An
election made under this paragraph
shall be made in accordance with
§ 1.987–1(f).
Par. 6. Section 1.988–1 is amended
by:
1. Adding paragraphs (a)(3) and (a)(4).
2. Revising paragraph (a)(10)(ii).
3. Adding two sentences to the end of
paragraph (i).
The additions and revision read as
follows:
§ 1.988–1
rules.
Certain definitions and special
*
*
VerDate Aug<31>2005
Amount in $
Spot rate on
Ave. rate for
Ave. rate for
Ave. rate for
Ave. rate for
Spot rate on
Spot rate on
(ii) If UK Branch was not able to trace
historic dollar basis as set forth in paragraph
(i) of this Example 3, when translating the
assets deemed contributed to UK Branch on
January 1, 2010, under paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of
this section, U.S. Corp would be required to
use exchange rates that take into account a
reasonable allocation of the aggregate historic
basis of the UK Branch assets.
*
existing on the date the assets were acquired
by UK Branch pursuant to paragraph (c)(4)(ii)
of this section. Accordingly, U.S. Corp
translates the assets deemed contributed
(cash is segregated for ease of illustration) to
UK Branch as follows:
Translation rate
£1000
250
250
250
250
4000
1000
§ 1.987–11
UK Branch is deemed to terminate on
December 31, 2009. However, no section 987
gain or loss will be determined or recognized.
On January 1, 2010, when translating the
assets deemed contributed to UK Branch,
U.S. Corp will use the historic exchange rates
Amount in £
Contributed Cash .................
Cash ....................................
Cash ....................................
Cash ....................................
Cash ....................................
Truck ....................................
Computer .............................
*
*
18:24 Sep 06, 2006
Jkt 208001
52917
(a) * * *
(3) Certain transactions of a section
987 QBU denominated in the functional
currency of the owner are not treated as
section 988 transactions. Transactions
described in § 1.987–3(e)(2) (regarding
certain transactions that are
denominated in the functional currency
of the owner of a section 987 QBU) are
not treated as section 988 transactions to
a section 987 QBU. Thus, no currency
gain or loss shall be recognized by a
section 987 QBU under section 988 with
respect to such items.
(4) Treatment of assets and liabilities
of a partnership or DE that are not
attributed to an eligible QBU—(i) Scope.
This paragraph (a)(4) applies to assets
and liabilities of a partnership, or of an
entity disregarded as an entity separate
from its owner for U.S. Federal income
tax purposes (DE), that are not
attributable to an eligible QBU (within
the meaning of § 1.987–1(b)(3)) as
provided under § 1.987–2(b).
(ii) Partnerships. For purposes of
applying section 988 and the applicable
regulations to transactions involving the
assets and liabilities described in
paragraph (a)(4)(i) of this section that
are held by a partnership, the owners of
the partnership (within the meaning of
§ 1.987–1(b)(4)) shall be treated as
owning their share of such assets and
liabilities. Section 1.987–7(b) shall
apply for purposes of determining an
owner’s share of such assets or
liabilities.
(iii) Disregarded entities. For purposes
of applying section 988 and the
applicable regulations to transactions
involving the assets and liabilities
described in paragraph (a)(4)(i) of this
section that are held by a DE, the owner
of the DE (within the meaning of
§ 1.987–1(b)(4)) shall be treated as
owning all of such assets and liabilities.
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(iv) Example. The following example
illustrates the application of paragraph
(a)(4) of this section:
Example. Liability held through a
partnership. (i) Facts. P, a foreign
partnership, has two equal partners, X and Y.
X is a domestic corporation with the dollar
as its functional currency. Y is a foreign
corporation that has the yen as its functional
currency. On January 1, year 1, P borrowed
yen and issued a note to the lender that
obligated P to pay interest and repay
principal to the lender in yen. Also on
January 1, year 1, P used the yen it borrowed
from the lender to acquire 100% of the stock
of F, a foreign corporation, from an unrelated
person. P also holds an eligible section 987
QBU (within the meaning of § 1.987–1(b)(3))
that has the yen as its functional currency.
P maintains one set of books and records.
The assets and liabilities of the eligible QBU
are reflected on the P books and records as
provided under § 1.987–2(b). The F stock
held by P, and the yen liability incurred to
acquire the F stock, are also recorded on the
books and records of P, but are not reflected
on such books and records for purposes of
section 987 pursuant to § 1.987–2(b)(2)(i)(A)
and (C), respectively.
(ii) Analysis. X’s portion of the assets and
liabilities of the eligible QBU owned by P is
a section 987 QBU. Y’s portion of the assets
and liabilities of the eligible QBU owned by
P is not a section 987 QBU because Y and
the eligible QBU have the same functional
currency. Because the F stock and yendenominated liability incurred to acquire
such stock are not reflected on the books and
records of the eligible QBU, they are not
subject to section 987. In addition, because
the F stock and the yen-denominated liability
incurred to acquire such stock are held by P
(but not attributable to P’s eligible QBU), X
and Y are treated as owning their share of
such stock and liability, determined under
§ 1.987–7(b), for purposes of applying section
988. As a result, P’s becoming the obligor
under the portion of the yen-denominated
note that is treated as being an obligation of
X is a section 988 transaction pursuant to
paragraphs (a)(1)(ii), (a)(2)(ii) and (a)(3) of
this section. Similarly, the disposition of yen
on payments of interest and principal on the
liability, to the extent such yen are treated as
E:\FR\FM\07SEP2.SGM
07SEP2
52918
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 / Proposed Rules
owned by X, are section 988 transactions
under paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (a)(3) of this
section. P’s becoming the obligor under Y’s
portion of the yen-denominated note, and Y’s
portion of the yen disposed of in connection
with payments on such note, are not section
988 transactions because Y has the yen as its
functional currency.
(5) [Reserved].
*
*
*
*
(10) * * *
(ii) Certain transfers. (A) Exchange
gain or loss with respect to
nonfunctional currency or any item
described in paragraph (a)(2) of this
section entered into with another
taxpayer shall be realized upon a
transfer (as defined under § 1.987–2(c))
of such currency or item from an owner
to a section 987 QBU or from a section
987 QBU to the owner where as a result
of such transfers the currency or other
such item—
(i) Loses its character as
nonfunctional currency or an item
described in paragraph (a)(2) of this
section; or
(ii) Where the source of the exchange
gain or loss could be altered absent the
application of this paragraph (a)(10)(ii).
(B) Such exchange gain or loss shall
be computed in accordance with
§ 1.988–2 (without regard to § 1.988–
2(b)(8) as if the nonfunctional currency
or item described in paragraph (a)(2) of
this section had been sold or otherwise
transferred at fair market value between
unrelated taxpayers. For purposes of the
preceding sentence, a taxpayer must use
a translation rate that is consistent with
the translation conventions of the
section 987 QBU to which or from
which, as the case may be, the item is
being transferred. In the case of a gain
or loss incurred in a transaction
jlentini on PROD1PC65 with PROPOSAL2
*
VerDate Aug<31>2005
18:24 Sep 06, 2006
Jkt 208001
described in this paragraph (a)(10)(ii)
that does not have a significant business
purpose, the Commissioner, may defer
such gain or loss.
*
*
*
*
*
(i) * * * Generally, the revisions to
paragraphs (a)(3), (a)(4), (a)(5), and
(a)(10)(ii) of this section shall apply to
taxable years beginning one year after
the first day of the first taxable year
following the date of publication of a
Treasury decision adopting this rule as
a final regulation in the Federal
Register. If a taxpayer makes an election
under § 1.987–11(b), then the effective
date of the revisions to paragraphs
(a)(3), (a)(4), and (a)(10)(ii) of this
section with respect to the taxpayer
shall be consistent with such election.
Par. 7. Section 1.988–4 is amended by
revising paragraph (b)(2) to read as
follows:
§ 1.988–4 Source of gain or loss realized
on a section 988 transfer.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(2) Proper reflection on the books of
the taxpayer or qualified business
unit—(i) In general. For purposes of
paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the
principles of § 1.987–2(b) shall apply in
determining whether an asset, liability,
or item of income or expense is reflected
on the books of a qualified business
unit.
(ii) Effective date. Generally,
paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section shall
apply to taxable years beginning one
year after the first day of the first taxable
year following the date of publication of
a Treasury decision adopting this rule as
a final regulation in the Federal
Register. If a taxpayer makes an election
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
under § 1.987–11(b), then the effective
date of paragraph (b)(2)(i) with respect
to the taxpayer shall be consistent with
such election.
*
*
*
*
*
Par. 8. Section 1.989(a)–1 is amended
as follows:
1. The last sentence of paragraph
(b)(2)(i) is revised.
2. Paragraph (b)(4) is added.
The revision and addition reads as
follows:
§ 1.989(a)–1 Definition of a qualified
business unit.
(b) * * *
(2) * * *
(i) Persons—* * * A trust or estate is
a QBU of the beneficiary.
*
*
*
*
*
(4) Effective date. Generally, the
revisions to paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this
section shall apply to taxable years
beginning one year after the first day of
the first taxable year following the date
of publication of a Treasury decision
adopting this rule as a final regulation
in the Federal Register. If a taxpayer
makes an election under § 1.987–11(b),
then the effective date of the revisions
to paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section with
respect to the taxpayer shall be
consistent with such election.
*
*
*
*
*
§ 1.989(c)–1
[Removed]
Par. 9. Section 1.989(c)–1 is removed.
Mark E. Matthews,
Deputy Commissioner for Services and
Enforcement.
[FR Doc. 06–7250 Filed 9–6–06 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4830–01–P
E:\FR\FM\07SEP2.SGM
07SEP2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 71, Number 173 (Thursday, September 7, 2006)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 52876-52918]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 06-7250]
[[Page 52875]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Part II
Department of the Treasury
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Internal Revenue Service
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
26 CFR Part 1
Income and Currency Gain or Loss With Respect to a Section 987 QBU;
Proposed Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 71, No. 173 / Thursday September 7, 2006 /
Proposed Rules
[[Page 52876]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY
Internal Revenue Service
26 CFR Part 1
[REG-208270-86]
RIN 1545-AM12
Income and Currency Gain or Loss With Respect to a Section 987
QBU
AGENCY: Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
ACTION: Withdrawal of notice of proposed rulemaking, notice of proposed
rulemaking and notice of public hearing.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: This document contains proposed regulations that provide
guidance under section 987 of the Internal Revenue Code (Code)
regarding the determination of the items of income or loss of a
taxpayer with respect to a section 987 qualified business unit (section
987 QBU) as well as the timing, amount, character and source of any
section 987 gain or loss. It withdraws proposed regulations under
section 987 that were published in the Federal Register on September
25, 1991 (56 FR 48457). These regulations are necessary to provide
guidance under section 987. Taxpayers affected by these regulations are
corporations and individuals with qualified business units subject to
section 987.
DATES: Written or electronic comments must be received by December 6,
2006. Outlines of topics to be discussed at the public hearing
scheduled for November 21, 2006, must be received by October 31, 2006.
ADDRESSES: Send submissions to: CC:PA:LPD:PR (REG-208270-86), Internal
Revenue Service, PO Box 7604, Ben Franklin Station, Washington, DC
20044. Submissions may be sent electronically, via the IRS Internet
site at https://www.irs.gov/regs or via the Federal eRulemaking Portal
at https://www.regulations.gov (IRS REG-208270-86).
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Concerning the proposed regulations,
Sheila Ramaswamy at (202) 622-3870; concerning submissions of comments,
Kelly Banks at (202) 622-7180 (not toll-free numbers).
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Paperwork Reduction Act
The collection of information contained in this notice of proposed
rulemaking has been submitted to the Office of Management and Budget
for review in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44
U.S.C. 3507(d)). Comments on the collection of information should be
sent to the Office of Management and Budget, Attn: Desk Officer for the
Department of Treasury, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs,
Washington, DC 20503, with copies to the Internal Revenue Service,
Attn: IRS Reports Clearance Officer, SE:W:CAR:MP:T:T:SP, Washington, DC
20224. Comments on the collection of information should be received by
November 6, 2006.
Comments are requested specifically concerning:
Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the
proper performance of the functions of the Internal Revenue Service,
including whether the information will have practical utility;
The accuracy of the estimated burden associated with the proposed
collection of information (see below);
How the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be
collected may be enhanced;
How the burden of complying with the proposed collection of
information may be minimized, including through the application or
automated collection techniques or other forms of information
technology; and
Estimates of capital or start-up costs and costs of operation,
maintenance, and purchase of service to provide information.
The collection of information in these proposed regulations is in
Sec. Sec. 1.987-1(b)(1)(ii),1.987-1(b)(2)(ii), 1.987-1(c)(1)(ii),
1.987-1(f), 1.987-3(b)(1), 1.987-9, 1.987-10 and 1.987-11. Section
1.987-1(b)(1)(ii) allows a partner to make an election not to take
section 987 gain or loss into account. Section 1.987-1(b)(2)(ii) allows
a taxpayer to make an election to group certain QBUs with the same
functional currency as a single QBU. Sections 1.987-1(c)(1)(ii) and -
3(b)(1) allow a taxpayer to make an election to use a convention for
exchange rates. Section 1.987-11(b) allows a taxpayer to elect to apply
these regulations to taxable years beginning after the date of
publication of a Treasury decision adopting this rule as a final
regulation in the Federal Register. The preceding elections are to be
made pursuant to Sec. 1.987-1(f) by attaching a statement to the
taxpayer's tax return describing the election to be made. Section
1.987-9 contains recordkeeping rules to establish a qualified business
unit's income and section 987 gain or loss. This collection of
information is required to establish the qualified business unit's
income, gain, deduction or loss and assets and liabilities as well as
exchange rates used for foreign currency translation purposes. Section
1.987-10 provides rules for transitioning to the method provided under
the new proposed regulations for determining section 987 gain or loss
and provides certain corresponding reporting rules. The collection of
information contained in this regulation facilitates the identification
of the prior method used by the taxpayer to determine section 987 gain
or loss. The collections of information are mandatory. The likely
respondents are taxpayers with foreign qualified business units.
Estimated total annual reporting burden: 12,000.
Estimated average annual burden hours per respondent: 12.
Estimated number of respondents: 1,000.
Estimated annual frequency of responses: annually.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required
to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a valid
control number assigned by the Office of Management and Budget.
Books and records relating to a collection of information must be
retained as long as their contents may become material in the
administration of any internal revenue law. Generally, tax returns and
tax return information are confidential, as required by 26 U.S.C. 6103.
Background
A. Overview
As part of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, Public Law 99-514, 100 Stat.
2085 (October 22, 1986), 1986-3 CB Vol.1, 1, see Sec. 601.601(d)(2),
Congress enacted comprehensive reforms to the tax treatment of foreign
currency transactions by adding new subpart J. Those reforms included,
among other things, the introduction of the functional currency
concept, which generally distinguishes taxpayers on the basis of the
primary currency in which they keep their books and records and conduct
their business. Reforms also included the addition of the qualified
business unit (QBU) concept, which generally provides a basis for
allowing a taxpayer with a separate unit that conducts business and
keeps books and records in a currency other than the functional
currency of the taxpayer to account for the results of operation of the
separate unit in the unit's own functional currency. Against that
conceptual background, section 988 provides rules for the treatment of
transactions in a currency other than the
[[Page 52877]]
taxpayer's functional currency. Section 986 generally provides rules
for translating into U.S. dollars the earnings and profits and foreign
taxes of a foreign corporation whose functional currency is not the
U.S. dollar (dollar). Section 987, in turn, generally provides rules
for determining and translating income and currency gain and loss with
respect to operations of a branch whose functional currency is other
than the functional currency of the taxpayer. As discussed below, an
already complex area of law was made even more complicated when the
entity classification rules under Sec. 301.7701-1 through 301.7701-3
(the ``check the box'' regulations) were promulgated in 1997.
On September 25, 1991, the IRS and the Treasury Department issued
proposed regulations under section 987 (the 1991 proposed regulations).
See 56 FR 48457. In light of subsequent IRS experience with taxpayer
claims of large non-economic currency losses under section 987, the IRS
and the Treasury Department issued Notice 2000-20 (2000-1 CB 851). See
Sec. 601.601(d)(2). This notice expressed serious concern that the
1991 proposed regulations had not fully achieved the original goal of
facilitating recognition of true economic foreign currency gain and
loss under appropriate circumstances and requested comments on this
issue and other matters.
This document withdraws the 1991 proposed regulations and provides
new proposed regulations based on the ``foreign exchange exposure
pool'' method. The IRS and the Treasury Department believe that this
method more accurately reflects foreign currency gain and loss than the
1991 proposed regulations and does so in a manner consistent with
statutory authority and legislative intent. These new proposed
regulations are designed to prescribe more precisely foreign currency
gain and loss that is economically realized, while minimizing or
eliminating the realization of non-economic currency gain and loss.
The following background discussion describes section 987, its
legislative history, the 1991 proposed regulations, Notice 2000-20, and
the general approach that provides the basis for the foreign exchange
exposure pool method.
B. The Statute
Section 987 generally provides that in the case of a taxpayer
having a QBU with a functional currency other than that of the
taxpayer, the taxable income of the taxpayer with respect to the QBU is
determined by computing the taxable income or loss of the QBU
separately and translating such income or loss at the appropriate
exchange rate. Section 987 further requires the taxpayer to make
``proper adjustments'' (as prescribed by the Secretary) for transfers
of property between QBUs having different functional currencies
including treating post-1986 remittances from each such unit as made on
a pro rata basis out of post-1986 accumulated earnings; treating
section 987 gain or loss as ordinary income or loss; and sourcing such
gain or loss by reference to the source of the income giving rise to
post-1986 accumulated earnings.
C. The Legislative History
1. Prior Law
As described in the applicable legislative history,\1\ section 987
was enacted against a background of, and partly in reaction to,
perceived shortcomings with prevailing law. The prevailing law at that
time was fairly limited. It consisted primarily of two revenue rulings
that provided alternative methods for calculating branch taxable
income.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ H. Rep. No. 99-426, 99th Cong., 1st Sess. (1985); 1986-3 CB
Vol 2, 449. S. Rep. No 99-313, 99th Cong., 2d Sess. (1986); 1986-3
CB Vol. 3, 443. H.R. Conf. Rep. No. 99-841, 99th Cong., 2d Sess.
(1986); 1986-3 CB Vol. 4, 659. Later citations are to the Cumulative
Bulletin. See Sec. 601.601(d)(2).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rev. Rul. 75-106 (1975-1 CB 31), see Sec. 601.601(d)(2), provides
for the use of a ``net worth'' method. Under this method, taxable
income of a branch of a domestic corporation engaged in business in a
foreign country is defined generally as the difference between the
branch's opening and closing net worth as reflected on the branch's
balance sheets for the taxable year. Under this method, the branch's
balance sheet is translated into U.S. dollars. In general, the values
of current items (such as cash or cash flows denominated in foreign
currency) are translated at the year-end exchange rate, and the values
of historical items (such as equipment) are translated at the exchange
rate for the period in which the item was acquired or incurred. The
translation of an item at the year-end rate causes changes in the
item's value due to currency fluctuations to be taken into account
annually, and the translation of an item at the historical rate
generally precludes recognition of fluctuations in value due to
changing exchange rates. In this way, the net worth method was able to
identify items considered economically exposed to fluctuations in
exchange rates. The total change in net worth identified by the net
worth method is equal to the sum of the operating profit or loss of the
branch and the exchange gain or loss on current items. However, the net
worth method does not identify separate items of income and expense
because it is based solely on a balance sheet comparison and does not
use a profit and loss statement.
Rev. Rul. 75-107 (1975-1 CB 32), see Sec. 601.601(d)(2), provides
for the use of a ``profit and loss'' method. Under this method, the
branch computes taxable income by translating the local currency profit
and loss statement (adjusted for U.S. tax principles) into dollars. Any
portion of the profit and loss remitted to the home office during the
year is translated at the exchange rate on the date of the remittance,
and the remainder is translated at the year-end exchange rate. No
exchange gain or loss is recognized on a remittance.
The net worth method of Rev. Rul. 75-106 and the profit and loss
method of Rev. Rul. 75-107 each suffered from infirmities. The net
worth method resulted in the realization of foreign currency gain and
loss that was not consistent with the general realization principles of
the Code; it also failed to accurately characterize items of income,
gain, deduction or loss of the branch. The profit and loss method, in
turn, did not take into account foreign currency gain and loss inherent
in the assets and liabilities on the balance sheet as part of such
method. Both methods failed to account for foreign currency gain or
loss in the event of a remittance.
The legislative history states that under section 987, a taxpayer
with a QBU whose functional currency is other than the functional
currency of the taxpayer will be required to use a profit and loss
method, rather than the net worth method (as this method was understood
at the time). House Report (1986-3 CB Vol. 2, 479); Senate Report
(1986-3 CB Vol. 3, 470); and Conference Report (1986-3 CB Vol. 4, 675).
See Sec. 601.601(d)(2). However, this legislative history is not
properly read as an explicit rejection of the net worth method in its
entirety. Instead, it is more accurately viewed as a rejection of
certain aspects of the law prevailing at that time. Importantly, the
method provided in section 987 as enacted actually represents a blend
of the separate methods, as it has aspects of both a net worth method
and a profit and loss method. It also has at least one feature absent
from each method--that is, section 987 includes the remittance
recognition concept. Consistent with a profit and loss method, sections
987(1) and (2) generally determine the items of income or loss of a QBU
based on its profit and loss statement as determined in its functional
currency. Such items are then translated into the taxpayer's
[[Page 52878]]
functional currency at the appropriate rate.\2\ Consistent with a net
worth method, section 987(3) requires that exchange gain or loss be
computed with respect to certain branch assets and liabilities (as
prescribed by the Secretary). Unlike either method, section 987(3)(A)
provides that exchange gain or loss is recognized upon a remittance.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\2\ Section 989(b)(4) provides that, ``except as provided in
regulations,'' the appropriate exchange rate is the average exchange
rate for the taxable year of the QBU.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The blending of features of both a profit and loss method and of a
net worth method in section 987 is significant. Together with more
specific principles identified in the legislative history, this
blending of methods informs the Congressionally stated preference for
the profit and loss method. The House Report states:
A profit and loss method can be viewed as being more consistent
with the functional currency concept than a net worth method. Under
a profit and loss method, the functional currency is used as the
measure of income or loss, so that earnings determined for U.S. tax
purposes would bear a close relation to taxable income computed by
the foreign jurisdiction. In contrast, a net worth method takes
unrealized exchange gains and losses into account. Further, a profit
and loss method minimizes the accounting procedures that otherwise
would be required to make the item-by-item translations under a net
worth method. Finally, in the case of a branch, the net worth method
as applied under present law fails to characterize accurately items
of income or loss that are subject to special U.S. tax rules. For
example, although there are limitations on the deductibility of
long-term capital losses, such a loss incurred by a branch would be
given tax effect because it would be reflected as an adjustment to
the balance sheet.
House Report at 469.
The House and Senate reports are generally uniform in describing
Congressional intent with regard to the computations required under
section 987 as illustrated by the Senate Report.
Under the bill, a taxpayer with a branch whose functional
currency is a currency other than the U.S. dollar will be required
to use the profit and loss method to compute branch income. Thus,
the net worth method will no longer be an acceptable method of
computing income or loss of a foreign branch for tax purposes, and
only realized exchange gains and losses on branch capital will be
reflected in taxable income.
For each taxable year, the taxpayer will compute income or loss
separately for each qualified business unit in the business unit's
functional currency, converting this amount to U.S. dollars using
the weighted average exchange rate for the taxable period over which
the income or loss accrued. This amount will be included in income
without reduction for remittances from the branch during the year.
The committee anticipates that regulations will provide rules that
will limit the deduction of branch losses to the taxpayer's dollar
basis in the branch (that is, the original dollar investment plus
subsequent capital contributions and unremitted earnings).
A taxpayer will recognize exchange gain or loss on remittances
(without regard to whether or when the remittances are converted to
dollars), to the extent the value of the currency at the time of the
remittance differs from the value when earned. Remittances of
foreign branch earnings (and interbranch transfers involving
branches with different functional currencies) after 1986 will be
treated as paid pro rata out of post-1986 accumulated earnings of
the branch. The committee anticipates that, for purposes of
calculating exchange gain or loss on remittances, the value of the
currency will be determined by translating the currency at the rate
in effect on the date of remittance. Exchange gains and losses on
such remittances will be deemed to be ordinary and domestic source.
Senate Report (1986-3 CB Vol. 3, 470). Importantly, the Conference
Report modifies the House and Senate reports by stating that a
remittance by a QBU ``will trigger exchange gain or loss inherent in
accumulated earnings or branch capital.'' Conference Report, 1986-3 CB
Vol. 4, 675.
From section 987 and the foregoing legislative history, several
principles emerge:
1. A branch profit and loss computation is required in order to
properly characterize items of branch income or loss, which is taken
into account in the year earned.
2. Exchange gain or loss is recognized upon a remittance, in an
amount prescribed by the Secretary.
3. Both branch earnings and branch capital can give rise to
exchange gain or loss under section 987.
4. Regulations under section 987 should seek to minimize
complexity regarding item-by-item translations.
5. The currency gain or loss taken into account under section
987 is only the economic gain or loss ``inherent in'' the assets and
liabilities of a QBU.
2. Relationship Between Section 986(c) and 987
Comments to the IRS and the Treasury Department have suggested that
the computation under section 987 of exchange gain or loss for a branch
is intended to operate in the same manner as the computation under
section 986(c) of certain exchange gain or loss of a foreign
corporation. In general, section 986(c) provides for the recognition of
exchange gain or loss only with respect to distributions of previously
taxed earnings and profits (as described in section 959 or 1293(c)).
The Conference Report includes the following general statement about
the translation rules:
The same translation rule applies to the earnings and profits of
a foreign corporation and the income or loss of a branch or other
QBU. An entity that uses a nonfunctional currency to measure the
results of operation is required to use a profit and loss method to
translate income or loss into functional currency. * * * These
translation rules apply without regard to the form of enterprise
through which the taxpayer conducts business (e.g., sole
proprietorship, partnership, or corporation) as long as such form of
enterprise rises to the level of a QBU.
Conference Report, 1986-3 CB Vol. 4, 670. See Sec. 601.601(d)(2).
The suggestion in comments is to apply this general principle such that
section 987 would require the recognition of exchange gain or loss only
with respect to branch earnings and not with respect to contributed
capital.
Despite the broad statements of principle quoted above, Congress
provided more specific guidance regarding the treatment of branches in
this regard. The Conference Report states that a remittance by a QBU
``will trigger exchange gain or loss inherent in accumulated earnings
or branch capital.'' Conference Report, 1986-3 CB Vol. 4, 675. See
Sec. 601.601(d)(2). Similarly, despite the stated requirement that
QBUs must use a notional profit and loss method to determine branch
taxable income, the specific method actually provided in section 987
and described in the legislative history represents a blend of a net
worth method and a profit and loss method. Accordingly, the IRS and the
Treasury Department believe that the more specific statements made by
Congress regarding the treatment of branch exchange gain or loss
reflect an intention that the methodologies of section 986(c) and
section 987 not be identical.
D. The 1991 Proposed Regulations
The 1991 proposed regulations provide generally that the net income
of a QBU having a functional currency different than the taxpayer is
determined annually. Such determination is based on the profit and loss
appearing on the QBU's books and records, adjusted to conform to U.S.
tax principles, and translated into the functional currency of the
taxpayer using the weighted average exchange rate for the taxable year.
The 1991 proposed regulations also provide for the recognition of
exchange gain or loss upon a remittance from the QBU's equity pool. In
general, the equity pool consists of the undistributed capital and
earnings of the QBU, determined in the QBU's functional currency. The
1991 proposed regulations also provide for a basis pool, which consists
of the basis
[[Page 52879]]
of the capital and earnings in the equity pool, expressed in the
functional currency of the taxpayer. The portion of the basis pool,
expressed in the functional currency of the taxpayer, that is
attributable to a remittance is generally determined according to the
following formula:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP07SE06.000
Section 987 gain or loss is the difference between the value of the
remittance from the QBU translated into the taxpayer's functional
currency at the spot rate on the date the remittance is made, less the
basis associated with the remittance as determined above. One important
consequence of the equity pool paradigm is that all branch equity gives
rise to exchange gain or loss, regardless of whether or not that equity
is held in a form that actually exposes the QBU's owner to currency
fluctuations (compare assets such as cash or indebtedness to assets
such as equipment).
Under the 1991 proposed regulations, a taxpayer must determine the
source and character of section 987 gain or loss for all purposes of
the Code, including sections 904(d), 907, and 954, by using the same
method the taxpayer uses to allocate and apportion its interest expense
under section 861, with certain modifications.
E. Concerns Regarding the 1991 Proposed Regulations; Notice 2000-20
Effective January 1, 1997, the IRS and the Treasury Department
issued the check the box regulations implementing new elective entity-
classification rules. These regulations made it possible for certain
entities with a single owner to be treated for federal income tax
purposes as an entity disregarded as separate from its owner (a
disregarded entity or DE). As a result, businesses that had previously
operated through subsidiaries could operate through structures treated
for tax purposes as branches. The effect of the check the box
regulations was a dramatic increase in the number of branches resulting
from DE elections that are subject to section 987. This increase has
greatly exacerbated the already existing problems of the 1991 proposed
regulations, especially the ability of taxpayers to trigger non-
economic losses (and the corresponding trap for the unwary taxpayer
with non-economic gains).
As indicated above, the equity pool paradigm in the 1991 proposed
regulations imputes currency gain or loss to all equity of a QBU
whether or not the assets of the QBU are economically exposed to
changes in the value of the functional currency of the QBU. The IRS has
faced many cases in which taxpayers have claimed substantial non-
economic exchange losses largely on the basis of the 1991 proposed
regulations. An example may be instructive. Assume that a domestic
corporation (US Corp) with the dollar as its functional currency forms
a foreign corporation in Country X and then elects under the check the
box regulations to treat that corporation as a DE. The DE conducts
mineral extraction and owns all the necessary equipment. The equipment
owned by the DE was contributed by US Corp. The DE has no employees and
contracts with a subsidiary of US Corp for the employees needed in the
business of extraction. US Corp, as the entity's sole owner, claims
that the DE is a QBU for purposes of section 987. The DE has minimal
financial assets and conducts no activities other than mineral
extraction. US Corp claims that the DE's functional currency is Country
X currency. A decline in the value of Country X currency relative to
the dollar does not produce any economic loss for US Corp because the
assets of the DE are not financial assets subject to currency
fluctuation. Nevertheless, US Corp claims under the 1991 proposed
regulations that the equity of the DE, which consists almost
exclusively of equipment, gives rise to a substantial non-economic
exchange loss and that terminating the DE (for example, by another
check the box election) triggers recognition of such loss. Taxpayers
have claimed similar results under other fact patterns. The IRS and the
Treasury Department have serious concerns about these types of
transactions.
Although the foregoing example concerns the claiming of non-
economic losses, the equity pool approach in the 1991 proposed
regulations can also give rise to non-economic gains. Recently, the
value of the US dollar has declined against many foreign currencies. It
is likely that under these circumstances, taxpayers subject to section
987 may have large non-economic gains built into the equity pool. The
IRS and the Treasury Department believe that Congress did not intend
for section 987 to generate non-economic foreign currency gains or
losses.
In light of the entity-classification rules and the potential for
the equity pool paradigm to generate non-economic currency gains and
losses, the IRS and the Treasury Department issued Notice 2000-20,
2000-1 CB 851. See Sec. 601.601(d)(2). Among other things, the notice
indicated that the IRS and the Treasury Department were concerned that
the proposed regulations may not have achieved their original goal of
recognizing economic exchange gains and losses under appropriate
circumstances. The notice requested comments on this and other issues.
Several comments were received in response to the notice and raised
a number of important points. Two of those comments suggested replacing
the equity pool paradigm in the 1991 proposed regulations with a
paradigm that recognizes exchange gain or loss only on the earnings of
a QBU and not its capital. As described above, the IRS and the Treasury
Department believe that such an approach is inconsistent with
Congressional intent as expressed in the legislative history to section
987. An earnings-only approach also would fail to address the core
problem of distinguishing between items that economically give rise to
exchange gain and loss and those that do not. Additionally, an
earnings-only approach would produce different results for QBUs with
the same net assets, depending upon whether the net assets were funded
with capital or earnings. Finally, an earnings-only approach fails to
take into account any foreign currency exposure on capital and so could
disadvantage banks and other financial institutions, much of whose
QBUs' capital may be subject to such exposure.
F. The Foreign Exchange Exposure Pool Method
The IRS and the Treasury Department believe that Congress did not
intend
[[Page 52880]]
section 987 to permit the largely uninhibited recognition of non-
economic exchange gain or loss. The 1991 proposed regulations, together
with the check the box regulations, have combined to permit taxpayers
to trigger non-economic losses with relative ease. Accordingly, the
1991 proposed regulations are withdrawn and are replaced with new
proposed regulations that adopt the ``foreign exchange exposure pool
method.'' In general, the foreign exchange exposure pool method
provides that the income of a QBU that is subject to section 987
(``section 987 QBU'') is determined by reference to the items of
income, gain, deduction and loss booked to the QBU in its functional
currency, adjusted to reflect US tax principles. With certain
exceptions, items of income, gain, deduction and loss of a section 987
QBU are translated into the functional currency of the QBU's owner at
the average exchange rate for the year. However, the basis of historic
assets and deductions for depreciation, depletion, and amortization of
such assets are translated at the historic exchange rate. Translating
these items at the historic exchange rate differs from the approach
taken in the 1991 proposed regulations, which instead uses the average
exchange rate. Although using the average exchange rate for translating
such items might be simpler than using the historic exchange rate, it
leads to the generation of non-economic foreign currency gains or
losses described in this preamble.
The foreign exchange exposure pool method uses a balance sheet
approach to determine exchange gain or loss, which is then recognized
upon a remittance. Use of a balance sheet approach allows taxpayers and
the IRS to distinguish between those items whose value fluctuates with
respect to changes in the functional currency of the owner and those
which do not. Under this method, exchange gain or loss with respect to
``marked items'' is identified annually but is pooled and deferred
until a remittance is made. The IRS and the Treasury Department believe
that section 988(c) identifies the items that should be treated as
giving rise to exchange gain or loss for purposes of section 987.
Accordingly, a marked item is generally defined as an asset or
liability that would generate section 988 gain or loss if such asset or
liability were held or entered into directly by the owner of the
section 987 QBU.
When a section 987 QBU makes a remittance, a portion of the pooled
and deferred exchange gain or loss is recognized. In general, the
amount taken into account is an amount equal to the product of the
owner's portion of the section 987 QBU's net unrecognized exchange gain
or loss, multiplied by the owner's remittance proportion. The owner's
remittance proportion generally is equal to the quotient of the amount
of the remittance, divided by the aggregate basis of the section 987
QBU's gross assets (as reflected on its year-end balance sheet),
without reduction for the remittance.
The source and character of exchange gain or loss recognized under
section 987 for all purposes of the Code, including sections 904(d),
907 and 954, is determined by reference to the source and character of
the income derived from the section 987 QBU's assets.
The IRS and the Treasury Department believe that the foreign
exchange exposure pool method is consistent with section 987 and
legislative intent for several reasons. First, the foreign exchange
exposure pool method uses a profit and loss statement to determine the
items of income, gain, deduction and loss of a section 987 QBU in its
functional currency. This allows proper characterization of items of
income, gain, deduction and loss. Second, exchange gain or loss must be
taken into account only with respect to items of branch capital and
earnings whose value fluctuates with changes in exchange rates by
reference to the owner's functional currency. This comports both with
Congressional intent that taxpayers recognize exchange gain or loss
(but only economic exchange gain or loss) inherent in branch capital
and branch earnings and with authority granted under section 987(3) to
identify appropriate translation rates. Third, exchange gain or loss is
recognized under section 987 only upon a remittance. Finally, the
foreign exchange exposure pool method is an appropriate interpretation
of the ``blended'' approach of section 987--that is, it incorporates
certain aspects of the profit and loss method and the net worth method.
Explanation of Provisions
A. Section 1.987 1 Scope, Definitions and Special Rules
1. Scope in General
The proposed regulations provide rules for determining the section
987 taxable income or loss of a taxpayer with respect to a section 987
QBU as well as the timing, amount, character, and source of section 987
gain or loss recognized with respect to such QBU. The proposed
regulations do not apply to banks, insurance companies, and similar
financial entities (including, solely for this purpose, leasing
companies, finance coordination centers, regulated investment
companies, and real estate investment trusts). The IRS and the Treasury
Department plan to apply the foreign exchange exposure pool method
adopted in the proposed regulations to such entities in subsequent
guidance but believe it is appropriate to request comments regarding
how the rules of the proposed regulations need to be precisely tailored
to address issues unique to financial entities. Financial entities are
urged to make necessary comments to help tailor the planned extension
of the foreign exchange exposure pool method to such entities.
Specifically, in the context of banks, the IRS and the Treasury
Department request comments on whether special rules are needed for the
global dealing of currencies and securities. Comments are also
requested on the relationship of sections 987 and 988 for banks.
Finally, comments are requested on whether the use of exchange rate
conventions is appropriate for banks and finance entities and, if so,
how such conventions should be determined. In the context of insurance
companies, the IRS and the Treasury Department request comments on the
proper treatment of insurance reserves, surplus, and investment assets
held by the separate trades or business of an insurance company. In
particular, comments are requested on the proper treatment of stock
held in separate accounts of a section 987 QBU of a life insurance
company and the related insurance reserves established for those
separate accounts. In the context of leasing companies, comments are
requested regarding the treatment of stock in other leasing companies
recorded on the books and records of a section 987 QBU and how the
rules of sections 986 and 987 can be reconciled if stock is treated as
a ``marked asset'' in this setting. Until regulations are issued
applying the foreign exchange exposure pool method to financial
entities, such entities must comply with section 987 under a reasonable
method, consistently applied. For this purpose, reasonable methods
include using the method described in the 1991 proposed regulations and
a method that imputes section 987 gain or loss to earnings but not
capital.
The proposed regulations also do not apply to trusts, estates and S
corporations. The IRS and the Treasury Department plan to apply the
foreign exchange exposure pool method adopted in the proposed
regulations to such entities but believe it is appropriate to request
comments
[[Page 52881]]
regarding how the rules of the proposed regulations should be applied
to such entities. The IRS and the Treasury Department request comments
regarding whether principles similar to those applied to partnerships
should apply to these entities.
2. Taxpayers Subject to Section 987 and Related Definitions
The IRS and the Treasury Department believe that section 987 should
only apply where an individual or corporation (whether foreign or
domestic) has activities that constitute a trade or business under
Sec. 1.989(a)-1(c) and the trade or business has a functional currency
different from the individual or corporation. In such cases, the
individual or corporation will be subject to the rules of the proposed
regulations if the individual or corporation is the owner of a section
987 QBU. A section 987 QBU is defined in Sec. 1.987-1(b)(2) as an
eligible QBU that has a functional currency different from its owner.
An eligible QBU is defined in Sec. 1.987-1(b)(3) of the proposed
regulations. Generally, an eligible QBU is an activity of an
individual, corporation, partnership or DE that is a trade or business
as defined in Sec. 1.989(a)-1(c); maintains separate books and records
as defined in Sec. 1.989(a)-1(d) and assets and liabilities used in
conducting such activities are reflected on such books and records; and
the activities are not subject to the dollar approximate separate
transaction (DASTM) rules of Sec. 1.985-3. A corporation is not an
eligible QBU. An individual is not a QBU under Sec. 1.989(a)-
1(b)(2)(i) and therefore cannot be an eligible QBU. In addition, and as
discussed in this preamble, neither a partnership nor a DE is an
eligible QBU.
In the case of ownership other than through a partnership (that is,
direct ownership), the individual or corporation is treated as the
owner of an eligible QBU if the individual or corporation is the tax
owner of the assets and liabilities of the eligible QBU. For purposes
of determining direct ownership, an individual or corporation will be
treated as a direct owner of the assets and liabilities of an eligible
QBU if it owns a DE that holds an eligible QBU. In such case, because
the DE is not recognized as a separate entity, it cannot be a QBU under
section 989 and, therefore, is not treated as an eligible QBU under the
proposed regulations. However, the activities of the DE, which are
treated for purposes of the Code as carried on directly by its owner,
can qualify as an eligible QBU of the DE's owner.
With respect to partnerships, the IRS and the Treasury Department
recognize that issues often arise as to whether the international tax
provisions of the Code operate on an aggregate or an entity basis. The
legislative history of subchapter K of chapter 1 of the Code provides
that, for purposes of interpreting Code provisions outside of that
subchapter, a partnership may be treated as either an entity separate
from its partners or an aggregate of its partners, depending on which
characterization is more appropriate to carry out the purpose of the
particular section under consideration. H.R. Conf. Rep. No. 2543, 83rd
Cong. 2d. Sess. 59 (1954).
In the case of section 987, the calculations under the foreign
exchange exposure pool method would differ dramatically based on
whether an aggregate or an entity approach is adopted. For example, if
the foreign exchange exposure pool method is applied at the entity
level, the partnership will make the method's calculations by reference
to the partnership's functional currency. Under this approach, any
foreign currency gain or loss will be an item of the partnership and
will be allocated among the partners in accordance with the partnership
agreement, to the extent such allocation is consistent with the
provisions of subchapter K. If, in the alternative, the foreign
exchange exposure pool method is applied under an aggregate approach,
each partner will make its own foreign exchange exposure pool
calculations by reference to the partner's functional currency and such
amounts will not be subject to separate allocation under subchapter K.
The IRS and the Treasury Department believe that, on balance, an
aggregate approach is more appropriate for section 987 purposes.
Applying the foreign exchange exposure pool method directly at the
partner level will more appropriately preserve the correct amounts of
exchange gain or loss. In addition, such approach will measure the
foreign currency exposure by reference to the functional currencies of
the persons who generally bear the economic risk from such exposure. As
a result, the proposed regulations provide that for purposes of
applying the foreign exchange exposure pool method each individual or
corporation that is a partner in a partnership will be considered to
own indirectly an eligible QBU consisting of a portion of the assets
and liabilities of the partnership allocated to it under Sec. 1.987-7.
If such eligible QBU has a different functional currency from the
partner and therefore is a section 987 QBU, the foreign exchange
exposure pool method is applied with respect to those assets and
liabilities. In addition, the proposed regulations provide rules for
converting the items of section 987 taxable income or loss of a section
987 QBU into the functional currency of the partner (when necessary),
and rules coordinating this aggregate approach with other provisions of
subchapter K.
Section 1.987-1(b)(2)(ii) allows an owner to elect to treat certain
section 987 QBUs with the same functional currency as a single section
987 QBU. The purpose of this rule is to simplify section 987
calculations by reducing the number of interbranch transactions that
would be considered as ``transfers'' of assets and liabilities. This
election applies only to certain section 987 QBUs of the owner. The IRS
and the Treasury Department request comments regarding whether such
election should be available to treat section 987 QBUs of owners that
are members of a consolidated group as a single section 987 QBU and how
this should be technically effectuated.
Section 1.987-1(b)(5) provides that the term ``owner'' for section
987 purposes does not include an eligible QBU or section 987 QBU of an
owner. Under this rule, a tiered ownership structure of eligible QBUs
and/or section 987 QBUs will not be respected as distinct tiers of QBUs
for purposes of section 987. Rather, tiers of eligible and/or section
987 QBUs will be treated as a ``flat'' structure, with each QBU in the
tier considered as owned directly by the ultimate non-QBU owner. For
example, if a domestic corporation is the holder of the interests in a
section 987 DE (section 987 DE1) and that DE owns the interests in
another section 987 DE (section 987 DE2) for purposes other than U.S.
tax law, the structure will not be treated as a tier of QBUs for
purposes of section 987. Rather, the domestic corporation will be
considered the direct holder of the interests in the section 987
branches of section 987 DE1 and DE2. This flat structure, which is
consistent with the general approach taken in the proposed dual
consolidated loss regulations (70 FR 29868-29907), is expected to be
easier to administer for both taxpayers and the IRS and to provide more
appropriate results under the section 987 rules.
3. De Minimis Rule for Certain Indirectly Owned Section 987 QBUs
The IRS and the Treasury Department recognize that it may be
administratively burdensome for taxpayers to apply certain aspects of
the proposed regulations to section 987 QBUs indirectly owned through
[[Page 52882]]
relatively small interests in partnerships. As a result, the proposed
regulations provide a de minimis election for certain indirectly owned
section 987 QBUs. Under this rule, an individual or corporation that
owns a section 987 QBU indirectly through a partnership may elect not
to take into account the section 987 gain or loss of such section 987
QBU, provided such individual or corporation owns, directly or
indirectly, less than five percent of the section 987 partnership.
Constructive ownership rules apply for purposes of determining whether
the less than five percent ownership threshold is satisfied.
This de minimis exception only applies to recognition of section
987 gain or loss with respect to a section 987 QBU. Thus, owners of
section 987 QBUs that qualify under the de minimis exception must
comply with all other aspects of the proposed regulations, including
the requirement to take into account the section 987 taxable income or
loss with respect to such section 987 QBUs.
An individual or corporation that qualifies for the election (that
is, because they owned less than five percent of a section 987
partnership) subsequently may fail to qualify as a result of an
increase in their interest in a section 987 partnership. In such a
case, taxpayers must begin taking into account the section 987 gain or
loss with respect to section 987 QBUs owned through such partnerships.
Similarly, taxpayers that were required to take into account section
987 gain or loss with respect to an indirectly owned section 987 QBU
may reduce their ownership such that they become eligible for the de
minimis exception and, as a result, may elect to no longer take into
account section 987 gain or loss. The IRS and the Treasury Department
recognize that transition issues will arise when interests in section
987 partnerships change such that individuals or corporations no longer
qualify (or are able to qualify) for the de minimis exception. The IRS
and the Treasury Department are considering such transition rules and
request comments as to their application.
4. Exchange Rates
Section 1.987-1(c)(1)(i) defines the spot rate as the rate
determined under the principles of Sec. 1.988-1(d)(1), (2) and (4) on
the relevant day. Section 1.987-1(c)(1)(ii) allows taxpayers to elect
to use spot rate conventions that reasonably approximate the spot rate
on a particular day. It is anticipated that taxpayers will be able to
conform the spot rate convention for section 987 to the spot rate
conventions used under FAS 52 for financial accounting purposes. This
is intended to simplify the calculations required under section 987.
In a similar attempt to simplify calculations, Sec. 1.987-1(c)(2)
defines the yearly average exchange rate as an average exchange rate
for the taxable year computed under any reasonable method that is
consistently applied.
Finally, Sec. 1.987-1(c)(3) defines the historic exchange rate by
reference to the spot rate on the day that assets are transferred to
(or acquired by) the section 987 QBU, or on the day that liabilities
are assumed (or entered into) by the section 987 QBU. The reference to
the spot rate as defined in Sec. 1.987-1(c)(1)(i) and (ii) allows
taxpayers to elect to use spot rate conventions for these purposes.
5. Definitions of a Section 987 Marked Item and a Section 987 Historic
Item
The definitions of a section 987 marked item and a section 987
historic item are central to the foreign exchange exposure pool method.
When taken into account in the context of the calculation of net
unrecognized section 987 gain or loss under Sec. 1.987-4, the
definitions distinguish those items that generate section 987 gain or
loss from those that do not. The IRS and the Treasury Department
believe that section 988 identifies those items properly treated as
giving rise to exchange gain or loss for purposes of section 987. Thus,
a marked item as defined in Sec. 1.987-1(d) is an asset or liability
reflected on the books and records of the section 987 QBU that both (1)
Would generate section 988 gain or loss if held or entered into
directly by the owner of the section 987 QBU and (2) is not a section
988 transaction to the section 987 QBU. It is important to exclude
section 988 transactions of a section 987 QBU because section 988
already requires the section 987 QBU to recognize gain or loss from
such transactions. Thus, treating such transactions as marked items for
purposes of section 987 would result in double counting. Marked items
give rise to exchange gain or loss under section 987. Historic items,
which are defined in Sec. 1.987-1(e) as items other than marked items,
do not give rise to exchange gain or loss under section 987.
6. Elections Under Section 987
Section 1.987-1(f) provides rules for making elections under
section 987. In general, the elections made under section 987 must be
made by the owner of the section 987 QBU. The elections must be made
with respect to a section 987 QBU for the first taxable year in which
the election is relevant, and must be made by attaching a statement to
a timely filed tax return for such taxable year. Elections under
section 987 are treated as methods of accounting and are governed by
the general rules regarding changes in methods of accounting.
The IRS and the Treasury Department believe that a reasonable cause
standard should be applied to determine whether taxpayers that fail to
make a timely election are eligible for an extension of time to file
elections pursuant to Sec. 1.987-1(f) of the proposed regulations. As
a result, extensions of time under Sec. Sec. 301.9100-1 through
301.9100-3 will not be granted for filings under the proposed
regulations. See Sec. 301.9100-1(d).
Under the reasonable cause standard, if an owner that is permitted
to file an election under the proposed regulations fails to make such a
filing in a timely manner, the owner is considered to have satisfied
the timeliness requirement with respect to such filing if it
demonstrates, to the satisfaction of the Area Director, Field
Examination, Small Business/Self Employed or the Director, Field
Operations, Large and Mid-Size Business (Director) having jurisdiction
of the taxpayer's return for the taxable year, that such failure was
due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect. Once the owner becomes
aware of the failure, the owner must demonstrate reasonable cause and
must satisfy the filing requirement by attaching the election to an
amended tax return (that amends the tax return to which the election
should have been attached). A written statement must be included that
explains the reasons for the failure to comply.
In determining whether the taxpayer has reasonable cause, the
Director shall consider whether the taxpayer acted reasonably and in
good faith. Whether the taxpayer acted reasonably and in good faith
will be determined after considering all the facts and circumstances.
The Director shall notify the person in writing within 120 days of the
filing if it is determined that the failure to comply was not due to
reasonable cause or if additional time will be needed to make such
determination. If the Director fails to notify the owner within 120
days of the filing, the owner shall be considered to have demonstrated
to the Director that such failure was due to reasonable cause and not
willful neglect.
The proposed regulations provide that elections under section 987
cannot be revoked without the consent of the Commissioner. In addition,
the proposed regulations provide that the
[[Page 52883]]
Commissioner will consider allowing revocation of such an election if
the taxpayer demonstrates significantly changed circumstances, or other
circumstances that demonstrate a substantial non-tax business reason
for such revocation. Finally, the IRS and the Treasury Department are
considering an exception to the general revocation rule where a section
987 QBU is acquired in certain transactions that do not result in the
termination of such QBU. Comments are requested as to whether such an
exception is warranted and, if so, the appropriate scope of such an
exception.
B. Section 1.987-2 Attribution of Items to an Eligible QBU; the
Definition of a Transfer, and Related Rules
1. Attribution of Items to an Eligible QBU
i. Overview
A section 987 QBU is not itself a taxpayer and does not have its
own taxable income. Items of income, gain, deduction and loss must
nonetheless be attributed to such section 987 QBU for purposes of
determining the owner's taxable income. The items of income, gain,
deduction and loss attributed to a section 987 QBU are generally
determined in the functional currency of the section 987 QBU and then
translated into the functional currency of the owner. The aggregate
translated amount is the section 987 taxable income or loss of the
section 987 QBU. Thus, attribution rules are necessary to determine
which items of income, gain, deduction and loss are attributed to the
section 987 QBU.
Under section 987(3), assets and liabilities must be attributed to
a section 987 QBU in order to determine the amount of section 987 gain
or loss of such QBU. In some cases, a section 987 QBU of a taxpayer
will not be held through an entity separate from the taxpayer that can
legally own assets and incur liabilities. In addition, not all the
assets and liabilities of an entity that is separate from the taxpayer
may be attributable to a section 987 QBU for purposes of section 987.
Moreover, assets and liabilities may constitute a section 987 QBU of a
taxpayer even when such assets and liabilities are owned or incurred by
separate legal entities. As a result, assets and liabilities of the
taxpayer (or of entities owned by the taxpayer that are not themselves
taxpayers) must be attributed to the section 987 QBU.
Neither section 987 nor the underlying legislative history provides
explicit rules for attributing a taxpayer's items of income, gain,
deduction, or loss to a section 987 QBU to determine the QBU's section
987 taxable income or loss. Similarly, no explicit rules are provided
in the statute or legislative history for attributing a taxpayer's
assets or liabilities to a section 987 QBU to determine the section 987
gain or loss of such QBU.
Other provisions of the Code provide various methods for
attributing or allocating a taxpayer's assets and liabilities, or items
of income, gain, deduction and loss (items) for particular purposes.
These provisions provide complex rules for making such determinations
and, in many cases, require a detailed analysis of various factors and
relationships involving income, assets, and activities of the taxpayer.
For example, section 864(c) and the regulations thereunder provide
rules for determining the income, gain, deduction, or loss of a
nonresident alien individual or foreign corporation which are treated
as effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within
the United States. Other examples are Sec. Sec. 1.882-5, 1.861-8 and
1.861-9T through 1.861-13T. These regulations provide rules for the
allocation and apportionment of expenses, losses, and other deductions
of a taxpayer. Finally, section 884(c)(2) and Sec. 1.884-1(d) and (e)
provide rules for determining U.S. assets and U.S. liabilities of a
foreign corporation for purposes of the branch profits tax. As
discussed below, the IRS and the Treasury Department do not believe
these complex methodologies are appropriate for purposes of section
987.
ii. Books and Records Method--General Rule
The IRS and the Treasury Department believe that items should be
attributed to an eligible QBU (and, if all or a portion of such
eligible QBU has a different functional currency than its owner, to a
section 987 QBU of such owner) to the extent they are reflected on the
books and records of the eligible QBU (books and records method). The
IRS and the Treasury Department believe that using a books and records
method for attributing items under section 987 is consistent with other
provisions of the Code involving foreign currency transactions. For
example, it is consistent with the requirement under section 989(a)
that a QBU maintain books and records separate from the taxpayer. It is
also consistent with the requirement under section 985(b)(1) that, in
order to have a functional currency other than the dollar, a QBU must
keep its books and records in such currency. Moreover, the IRS and the
Treasury Department believe the books and records method is
administrable for both taxpayers and the Commissioner. This is the case
because the books and records method should be consistent with the
taxpayer's accounting treatment of the items and, unlike the methods
discussed above, it does not require a complex and factually intensive
analysis of the circumstances and activities of the eligible QBU.
For the reasons described above, the proposed regulations adopt a
books and records method for allocating items to an eligible QBU. The
proposed regulations provide that, subject to certain exceptions, items
are attributable to an eligible QBU to the extent they are reflected on
the separate set of books and records of such eligible QBU, as defined
in Sec. 1.989(a)-1(d). The proposed regulations make clear that these
rules apply solely for purposes of section 987. Thus, for example, the
attribution rules contained in the proposed regulations do not apply
for purposes of allocating and apportioning interest expense under
section 864(e).
iii. Exception for Non-Portfolio Stock, Interests in Partnerships and
Certain Acquisition Indebtedness
As discussed above, the IRS and the Treasury Department believe
that the assets and liabilities reflected on the books and records of
an eligible QBU are a reasonable approximation of the assets and
liabilities that are used in the trade or business of the eligible QBU
and, therefore, should be taken into account for purposes of section
987. However, the IRS and the Treasury Department believe that certain
assets and liabilities should not be attributed to an eligible QBU,
even if such assets and liabilities are reflected on the books and
records of such QBU. The IRS and the Treasury Department believe that
non-portfolio stock and interests in partnerships (and liabilities to
acquire such assets), even if reflected on the books and records of the
eligible QBU, should not be attributed to such QBU for purposes of
section 987. This is consistent with the principle stated above that a
section 987 QBU cannot be an owner of another section 987 QBU.
Excluding non-portfolio stock is also consistent with the principle
that non-portfolio stock cannot be used in, or held for the use in, the
conduct of a trade or business in the United States. See Sec. 1.864-
4(c)(2)(iii).
As a result, the proposed regulations provide that stock of a
corporation (whether domestic or foreign) and an interest in a
partnership (whether domestic or foreign) are not considered to be on
the books and records of an eligible QBU. The proposed regulations
[[Page 52884]]
provide an exception, however, for portfolio stock where the owner of
the eligible QBU owns (directly or constructively) less than ten
percent of the total voting power or value of the stock of such
corporation. The proposed regulations also provide that indebtedness
incurred to acquire stock or a partnership interest that is not treated
as being reflected on the books and records of an eligible QBU should
similarly be excluded from the books and records. Finally, the proposed
regulations provide that items of income, gain, deduction and loss
arising from ownership of stock, a partnership interest, or related
acquisition indebtedness that is excluded from the general books and
records rule, shall similarly not be treated as being on the books and
records of the eligible QBU.
iv. Coordination With Source Rules Under Section 988
Section 988(a)(3) provides that the source of gain or loss
recognized under section 988(a)(1) is determined by reference to the
residence of the taxpayer or the QBU of the taxpayer on whose books the
asset, liability, or item of income or expense is properly reflected.
Section 1.988-4(b)(2) provides that, in general, the determination of
whether an asset, liability, or item of income or expense is properly
reflected on the books of a QBU is a question of fact. The regulations
under section 988 further provide that such items are presumed not to
be properly reflected on the books and records for this purpose if
inconsistent booking practices are employed with respect to the same or
similar items. Finally, the regulations provide that if such items are
not properly reflected on the books of the QBU, the Commissioner may
allocate the item between or among the taxpayer and its QBUs to
properly reflect the source (or realization) of exchange gain or loss.
The IRS and the Treasury Department believe that rules for
determining whether items are properly reflected on the books of a QBU
for purposes of sourcing section 988 gain or loss should be consistent
with the rules for attributing items to an eligible QBU under section
987. As a result, the proposed regulations modify the sourcing rules in
the section 988 regulations to provide that the principles of Sec.
1.987-2(b) apply in determining whether an asset, liability, or item of
income or expense is properly reflected on the books of a QBU.
2. Certain Assets and Liabilities of Partnerships and DEs Not
Attributable to an Eligible QBU
Section 988 applies to certain transactions described in section
988(c) if the transaction is denominated (or determined by reference
to) a currency that is not the functional currency of the taxpayer or
QBU of the taxpayer. Thus, in order to determine if a transaction is
subject to section 988, it must be determined whether a transaction is
attributable to the taxpayer or a QBU of the taxpayer.
Under the current section 989 regulations, a partnership is a QBU
even if it does not have activities that constitute a trade or business
(``per se QBU''). As a result, a partnership may have a functional
currency different than its partners and section 988 is applied at the
partnership level with respect to section 988 transactions properly
attributable to the partnership. These regulations propose to amend
section 989 to provide that a partnership is no longer a per se QBU of
its partners, but instead the activities of such partnership may be
treated as a QBU.
As discussed above, the IRS and the Treasury Department will
generally apply either an entity or an aggregate approach with respect
to partnerships depending on which approach more appropriately carries
out the purpose of the particular Code section under consideration.
Following the amendments made by the proposed regulations, and because
only certain activities of a partnership (and not the partnership
itself) can qualify as a section 987 QBU, the IRS and the Treasury
Department believe that it is appropriate, in cases where an asset or
liability of a partn